Skip to main content

Full text of "Twenty years on the Saskatchewan, N.W. Canada"

See other formats


> 

•qV 


a 


CANON   NEWTON. 


ON   THE 


SASKATCHEWAN, 


N.  W.  CANADA. 


BY  THE 


REV.     WILLIAM     NEWTON, 

HON.  CANON  OF  SASKATCHEWAN. 


LONDON : 
ELLIOT    STOCK,    62,   PATERNOSTER   ROW,  E.C. 

1897- 


fc, 


PREFACE. 


THIS  book  contains  a  narrative  of  the  life 
and :  thoughts  of  a  simple  missionary  during 
twenty  years  spent  in  North-Western  Canada.  It  is 
dedicated,  with  much  respect,  to  those  dear  friends 
on  both  sides  of  the  sea  who  have  so  often  cheered 
this  missionary  with  their  help  and  sympathy. 

To  make  the  experience  of  the  missionary  appear 
real  to  other  people,  it  has  been  necessary  to  speak 
of  many  personal  and  local  matters ;  but  the  general 
subjects  that  are  mentioned  will  have  their  interest 
for  readers  whose  thoughts  may  be  turning  some- 
times to  North-Western  Canada,  and  especially  to 
the  Edmonton  district  of  Alberta,  as  this  has  been 
the  centre  of  the  missionary  work  that  is  narrated, 
and  the  standpoint  of  the  observations  that  are 
made  on  the  history,  races,  and  customs  of  the 
people  brought  under  review. 

The  references  that  are  made  to  the  origin  of  our 
Indian  tribes,  and  their  intimate  relationship  with 
Eastern  Asia,  only  represent  a  small  part  of  the 
results  of  the  missionary's  reading  and  reflection 
on  the  whole  problem  of  ancient  America.  Of  the 


vi  PREFACE 

correctness  of  the  views  that  are  given  as  to  the 
substantial  identity  of  the  languages  and  peoples  of 
America  and  Asia,  there  is  little  room  for  doubt. 
To  those  learned  authors  who  take  a  different  view 
of  the  origin  of  the  North  American  Indians,  I  can 
only  plead,  that  circumstances  have  helped  me  to  a 
conclusion  which  I  might  never  have  reached,  had 
I  not  lived  so  long  on  the  border-lands  of  the  far 
West.  But  before  residing  here  I  had  given  some 
attention  to  the  customs,  ideas,  and  languages  of  the 
far  East. 

It  also  gives  me  great  pleasure  to  note  that  the 
public  at  home  are  turning  their  attention  to  this 
part  of  the  world  as  one  of  its  ancient  centres,  where 
events  are  transpiring  that  are  likely  to  affect  the 
destiny  of  England  and  the  British  Empire. 

The  present  writer  may  live  to  visit  Europe  by 
travelling  over  the  Siberian  Railway,  the  opening  of 
which  will  be  a  new  epoch  in  the  world's  history. 
Japan  may  checkmate  Russia  in  the  North  Pacific. 
And  if  Japan  or  Russia  should  marshal  the  yellow 
races,  what  will  come  after  to  Europe,  and  even  to 
America  ?  Solitary  students  even  in  the  far-off 
wildernesses  are  dreaming  of  these  things,  and  their 
anxious  hope  is  that  England  will  be  prepared  for 
the  changes  which  are  even  now  at  hand. 

I  have  only  to  add  that  a  portion  of  the  chapter 
which  gives  an  account  of  the  Right  Reverend  John 
McLean,  the  first  Bishop  of  Saskatchewan,  was 
written  by  his  widow,  and  it  will,  no  doubt,  be  read 
with  the  respect  which  it  deserves. 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  PAGE 

I.   THE   FAR   NORTH-WEST          -  -  I 

II.   WINNIPEG   AND   THE   PRAIRIES         -  -  6 

III.   EARLY   DIFFICULTIES  -  l6 

IV.   DOG-TRAIN   EXPERIENCES    -  22 

V.   RIVER  AND   OTHER   PERILS  -  28 

VI.   SECURING  A  DWELLING-PLACE         -  -  32 

VII.   HALF-BREED   RACES  -  38 

VIII.    INDIAN  DIALECTS      -  -  46 

IX.   INDIAN   RELIGION  AND   PARLIAMENT  -  51 

X.    BUILDING   THE   FIRST  CHURCH        -  6 1 

XI.    THE    FIRST    BISHOP   OF   SASKATCHEWAN  -                -  68 

XII.   RIEL'S   REBELLION    -  -  83 

XIII.  THE  CAUSES  OF  THE   REBELLION  -  -  93 

XIV.  TRUE   AND   FALSE  BRAVERY  -  98 
XV.   CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  INDIANS — MR.  EVANS  : 

HIS   WORK,   MISTAKE,  AND   PERSECUTION           -  IO2 

XVI.   LAND  RIGHTS  OF  FIRST  SETTLERS  -  118 

XVII.   DIFFICULTIES   OF  CHURCH  WORK  -  -  130 

XVIII.   MISSIONS  AMONG  SETTLERS  -  139 

XIX.   CRITICISM   OF  CHURCH   METHODS   -  154 

XX.  THE  SASKATCHEWAN   COUNTRY        -  163 

XXI.   EMIGRANTS  AND   EMIGRATION          -  -  171 

XXII.   THE   FUTURE  OF  NORTH-WEST  CANADA  -               -  180 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


CANON  NEWTON  Frontispiece 

VIEW  OF   EDMONTON  -  Page     1 7 

A  DOG-TRAIN        -          ...  „         23 

DR.  MCLEAN,  FIRST  BISHOP  OF  SASKATCHEWAN  -  „        69 

EMMANUEL  COLLEGE,  PRINCE  ALBERT,  NORTH- 
WEST TERRITORIES        -  „        77 

ST.    MARY'S    PRO-CATHEDRAL,    PRINCE   ALBERT, 

NORTH-WEST  TERRITORIES  -  -        To  face  page    130 


CHAPTER  I. 

THE  FAR  NORTH-WEST. 

IN  the  spring  of  1875  I  left  my  parish  in  the 
Toronto  diocese  to  become  a  missionary  in 
'the  far  North -West.'  Little  at  that  time  was 
known  of  this  great  district  by  the  people  of  Canada, 
and  my  undertaking  was  a  sufficiently  serious  one, 
in  consideration  of  the  means  that  were  placed  at 
my  disposal.  In  the  summer  of  1874  the  first 
Bishop  of  Saskatchewan  had  been  consecrated  at 
Lambeth.  On  his  return  to  his  diocese  he  had  met 
the  provincial  synod  of  the  Church  of  England  in 
session  at  Montreal,  and  had  appealed  for  two 
clergymen  to  serve  as  missionaries.  As  a  result  of 
his  appeal,  it  was  arranged  that  I  should  go  to 
Edmonton  as  the  missionary  supported  by  the 
Society  for  the  Propagation  of  the  Gospel. 

During  the  winter  before  my  journey,  I  had  time 
to  look  about  me,  and  to  make  inquiries  concern- 
ing the  countries  which  I  purposed  to  visit,  and  con- 
cerning the  best  means  of  getting  to  them.  A 
Methodist  missionary  from  the  Saskatchewan  visited 


2       TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

Ontario  during  that  winter,  and  made  speeches  which 
were  reported  in  the  newspapers ;  but  I  could  gather 
very  little  from  them  that  was  of  practical  service  to 
me.  A  large  map,  which  had  been  published  by 
the  General  Government  of  Canada  gave  me  some 
idea  of  the  Hudson  Bay  trading-posts,  and  of  the 
vast  distances  between  them  ;  but,  evidently  to  cover 
ignorance,  the  intervening  spaces  were  dotted  with 
the  names  of  Indian  tribes  who  did — or  at  least 
were  supposed  to — roam  somewhere  between  those 
posts. 

It  looked  a  very  serious  business  to  get  to  Edmon- 
ton and  the  mountain  district  around  it,  without  any 
well-defined  means  of  transit.  I  should  have  to 
journey  through  a  region  where  there  were  no  public 
boats,  no  bridges  crossing  the  rivers,  no  guides  whom 
I  could  hire,  and  no  means  of  protection  either  from 
rude  white  men  or  from  savage  Indians.  So  matters 
seemed  to  a  simple  clergyman,  who  had  undertaken 
the  work  of  the  Church,  in  obedience  to  the  call  of 
Divine  Providence.  The  way  was  by  no  means  plain, 
but  it  was  the  way  of  faith,  and  with  God  for  Guide 
and  Protector,  surely  even  more  uncertain  and 
perilous  journeys  might  be  hopefully  undertaken. 

On  arriving  at  Collingwood,  on  the  south  point  of 
the  Georgian  Bay,  with  a  favourite  horse,  a  light 
buckboard,  and  an  English  orphan  boy  as  my  servant 
and  companion,  I  found  the  ice  was  still  in  the  bay, 
but  the  vessel  ready  to  proceed  as  soon  as  practic- 
able up  the  Great  Lakes.  I  had  a  day  or  two  of 
pleasant  waiting  at  the  hospitable  Rectory,  and  then 


THE  FAR  NORTH-WEST  3 

the  generous  Rector,  Dr.  Lett,  did  me  a  last  kind- 
ness, and  gave  me  his  last  farewell. 

The  way  up  the  Great  JLakes,  even  in  those  days, 
was  a  well-travelled  route  as  far  as  Prince  Arthur's 
Landing.  This  place  was  named  after  one  of  the 
Queen's  sons,  who  had  gone  up  as  far  as  this,  in  his 
Canadian  travels,  in  order  to  see  something  of  the 
fine  scenery  of  the  lakes.  At  the  time  of  the  Prince's 
visit  the  place  was  a  mere  cedar  swamp,  at  one 
corner  of  a  noble  bay  of  water,  near  to  Fort  William  ; 
but  now  it  is  a  splendid  town,  and  of  great  promise 
for  the  future. 

The  boat  by  which  we  travelled  arrived  at  Prince 
Arthur's  Landing  late  on  the  Saturday  night,  or, 
rather,  early  on  the  Sunday  morning,  and,  as  it  was 
the  first  boat  of  the  season,  all  the  people  from  far 
and  near  gathered  together  to  meet  her,  and  the 
little  place  was  crowded  with  quite  a  mass  of  people. 
No  place — not  even  a  bed  on  the  floor — could  be 
obtained  at  any  hotel ;  and  though  we  searched 
every  where,  we  could  hear  of  no  shelter  in  any  build- 
ing. So,  although  it  was  the  Sunday  morning,  we 
had  to  purchase  a  tent,  and  pitch  it  on  the  shore  of 
the  bay,  to  buy  food  for  the  horse,  and  to  make  our- 
selves as  comfortable  as  we  could  under  the  circum- 
stances. At  eleven  o'clock  we  went  to  the  little 
church,  and  assisted  the  clergyman  in  reading 
prayers.  At  the  evening  service  we  were  invited  to 
preach  the  sermon. 

Now  commenced  the  rough  part  of  our  journey. 
It  had  been  represented  to  us  in  Ontario  that  we 

I — 2 


4       TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

should  find  the  new  Dawson  Route  a  very  con- 
venient and  expeditious  road ;  and  as  it  was  de- 
clared to  be  the  direct  route,  and  also  under  Govern- 
ment management,  we  were  very  hopeful  of  good 
experiences.  Several  times,  however,  the  road  swas 
stated  to  be  ready  for  us,  and  then,  on  presenting 
ourselves  to  begin  our  journey,  we  were  requested  to 
delay  for  a  day,  and  then  <for  the  next  day.  The 
truth  was  that  the  road  was  not  ready,  and  when  we 
did  proceed  we  found  confusion  everywhere :  there 
was  no  expedition  in  the  transit  boats  on  the  in- 
numerable lakes ;  servants  were  rough  and  unfitted 
for  their  duties ;  paths  or  roads  were  ill-made,  or  else 
not  made  at  all,  and  over  these  we  had  to  pass  with 
our  goods  as  best  we  could.  Everything  we  had, 
even  the  buckboard.  had  to  be  taken  to  pieces  and 
put  together  again  several  times  each  day.  Our 
goods  were  so  carelessly  thrown  into  the  light  boats 
that  we  wondered  to  find  that  our  losses  were  so 
few,  and  our  consequent  discomfort  so  small.  Most 
of  our  fellow-passengers  were  Canadian  backwoods- 
men, who  were  proceeding  to  Manitoba  with  their 
teams  of  horses  or  oxen,  to  try  their  fortune  on  the 
prairies. 

Just  then  several  parties  of  Government  surveyors 
were  going  out  into  these  wilds  to  follow  their  pro- 
fession, and  I  found  them  very  courteous  and  help- 
ful, and  on  several  occasions  I  should  have  been  in 
perilous  straits  but  for  their  kindly  assistance.  One 
gentleman  from  Ottawa,  a  great  big-hearted  fellow, 
perhaps  to  tease  me  as  much  as  anything  else, 


THE  FAR  NORTH-WEST  5 

pretended  to  be  an  outrageous  sceptic.  Yet  he 
willingly  allowed  daily  prayers  in  his  tent,  helped 
to  get  me  a  room  for  Sunday  service  whenever  it 
was  practicable,  and  generally  acted  so  much  like  a 
good  Samaritan  to  the  missionary,  that  the  impres- 
sion still  remains  with  me  that  such  a  man  could 
not  be  far  from  the  kingdom  of  God. 

This  Dawson  Route  was  a  long  one,  and  the 
journey  through  it  was  a  wearisome  business  ;  yet, 
like  all  disagreeable  experiences,  it  came  to  an  end 
at  last.  After  the  boating  was  done  we  put  our 
buckboard  together,  and  tried  to  push  on  ahead  of 
the  other  passengers,  who  were  more  heavily  laden. 
We  had  covered  about  thirty  miles,  and  had  arrived 
near  a  place  called  Oak  Point,  when,  while  we  were 
drinking  our  tea,  we  missed  our  horse,  and  found 
he  had  been  so  tormented  by  the  flies  that  he 
had  broken  his  line  and  gone  back  again.  We 
passed  a  weary  and  anxious  night  in  our  tent,  as 
we  were  quite  unable  to  help  ourselves ;  but  next 
day  our  fellow-passengers  brought  the  horse  along 
with  them,  and  then  we  pressed  on  for  Winnipeg. 

On  bidding  farewell  to  this  Dawson  Route — up 
which  General  Wolseley  came  with  has  troops  to 
quell  the  Red  River  rebellion — we  may  observe  that 
the  scenery  was  often  very  fine,  and  sometimes  even 
splendid.  The  Nepigon  and  Rainey  Rivers  greatly 
impressed  us  with  their  scenes  of  exquisite  beauty, 
and  the  passage  of  the  falls  on  the  latter  river  was 
an  experience  that  would  be  well  worth  recording. 


CHAPTER  II. 
WINNIPEG  AND  THE  PRAIRIES. 

AT  the  end  of  the  month  of  May  the  prairies 
around  Winnipeg  are  a  sight  to  see.  The 
earth  is  a  carpet  of  living  green,  sweetly  woven 
with  golden  and  other  colours.  Nature  does  not 
appear  in  a  gaudy  dress  ;  the  fashion  she  wears  is 
that  of  chaste  simplicity,  as  if  she  did  not  need  too 
much  adornment.  The  sky  overhead  speaks  of 
distance — of  expansiveness  ;  and  when  the  true  poet 
of  the  prairies  shall  appear,  the  clear  blue  skies  of 
Manitoba  will  furnish  him  with  many  symbols  of 
beautiful  thoughts  and  truths. 

Our  first  impressions  of  Winnipeg  were  not  de- 
lightful ones.  It  was  the  time  of  the  locust  plague. 
The  chief  street  seemed  to  have  its  -full  share  of 
grog-shops.  Some  of  the  traders  evidently  thought 
the  new-comers  were  very  green,  and  several  of  the 
most  prominent  citizens  proved  'quite  smart'  in 
their  business  transactions.  Two  horses  which  I 
purchased  for  my  distant  journey  proved  to  be 
utterly  useless  creatures,  and  they  had  to  be 


WINNIPEG  AND  THE  PRAIRIES  7 

abandoned  on  the  plains  when  it  was  very  difficult 
to  manage  without  them.  Till  I  could  start  on  my 
journey,  of  nearly  a  thousand  miles,  I  lived  in  my 
tent  near  the  old  Hudson  Bay  Fort  Garry,  and  I 
bought  my  experience  dearly.  My  own  idea  was  to 
start  for  Edmonton  with  two  horses,  and  provisions 
enough  to  keep  me  from  post  to  post  as  I  went 
along.  I  proposed  to  travel  some  forty  or  fifty  miles 
each  day.  This,  however,  was  not  considered  to  be 
the  right  course  for  me  to  pursue.  Besides  the 
buckboard,  it  was  thought  necessary  for  me  to  have 
a  Red  River  cart  and  abundance  of  provisions,  for  I 
was  told  that  I  might  not  be  able  to  procure  any 
when  I  arrived  at  Edmonton,  and  the  winter  would 
be  at  hand.  At  last,  in  the  week  succeeding  the 
sixth  Sunday  after  Trinity,  I  resumed  my  journey 
from  Winnipeg  to  Edmonton,  finding  the  trails  as  I 
could,  and  meeting  with  all  kinds  of  mishaps  from 
day  to  day.  Sometimes  the  horses  strayed,  or  the 
Red  River  cart,  which  was  built  all  of  wood,  would 
break  down,  or  from  careless  driving  or  restive 
horses  would  be  upset.  Now  and  then  the  hills 
were  too  steep  for  our  horses  to  draw  up  the  loads, 
and  we  had  to  wait  for  assistance  from  some  chance 
passers-by,  who  would  sometimes  tie  the  load  to  the 
horse's  tail,  without  any  harness,  and  so  pull  the 
load  up  the  hill  in  the  most  absurd,  yet  most 
effective,  manner. 

This  slow  "travelling  on  the  plains  becomes  in  time 
rather  wearisome.  You  rise  with  the  sun,  take  your 
breakfast,  collect  the  horses,  pack  your  tent,  bedding, 


8       TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

and  camp  utensils,  and  start  off  for  a  ten  miles 
'  spell.'  You  have  no  idea  of  what  may  be  before 
you — what  creeks,  or  small  rivers,  or  boggy  places 
you  may  have  to  encounter.  All  you  know  is,  that 
somehow  you  must  be  prepared  to  meet  any  diffi- 
culty and  to  overcome  it.  The  worse  the  trouble, 
the  greater  is  the  need  of  calm  self-possession  in 
order  that  you  may  be  able  to  devise  some  proper 
expedients  for  meeting  the  new  difficulty.  A 
freighter  of  course  knows  the  road,  and  is  accus- 
tomed to  his  business,  and  he  secures  the  necessary 
assistance ;  but  the  inexperienced  clergyman  has  no 
advantages,  and  finds  it  '  a  hard  road  to  travel '  on 
his  own  account. 

The  first  spell  of  the  day  done,  the  horses  are 
unharnessed  and  let  loose  to  graze,  wood  is 
collected,  the  kettle  is  boiled,  the  tea  is  made,  and 
the  cloth  is  laid  for  dinner.  An  hour  passes,,  and 
then  the  journey  is  resumed  as  before  until  the 
setting  of  the  sun  tells  you  that  it  is  time  to  camp 
for  the  night.  Then  you  look  out  for  good  grass  for 
the  horses,  and  for  good  wood  and  water.  You  pitch 
your  tent,  provide  your  supper,  and  eat  it  heartily ; 
put  the  logs  on  the  camp-fire,  either  to  bake  your 
bread  for  the  morrow,  or  to  drive  away  the  mosqui- 
toes, or  to  scare  the  wolves  from  the  provisions. 
In  the  deep  silence  the  sound  of  the  horses'  bells  is 
very  welcome,  for  you  know  the  horses  have  found 
their  pasture-ground  for  the  night,  and  that  they  will 
be  easily  captured  in  the  morning.  If  the  night  is 
stormy,  you  secure  your  tent-pegs  and  ropes ;  or  if 


WINNIPEG  AND  THE  PRAIRIES  9 

the  evening  is  calm  and  fine,  you  open  the  folds  of 
the  tent,  and  watch  thp  changing  shadows  of  the 
firelight,  or  you  turn  your  eyes  to  the  heavens,  which 
are  aglow  with  brilliant  stars,  and  in  the  silence  and 
the"  solitude  you  think  and  feel  as  you  cannot  do 
amid  the  smoke  and  din  of  great  cities.  To  the 
mere  traveller  all  this  is  a  pleasant  experience,  for 
he  knows  that  it  is  but  for  a  little  while,  and  he  hopes 
to  see  the  face  of  friends  again,  and  enjoy  the 
pleasures  of  reunion.  But  the  missionary  who  faces 
the  silence  and  the  solitude  knows  riot  how  long  a 
time  his  separation  may  last ;  his  worldly  hopes  are 
but  few ;  he  has  no  lust  of  gold  like  the  miner ;  he 
is  not  in  quest  of  new  discoveries,  as  is  the  scientific 
traveller,  nor  is  commerce  his  aim,  in  common  with 
the  trader  or  the  merchant.  His  hope  in  his  exile  is 
to  be  able  to  build  folds  for  the  Good  Shepherd,  and 
to  gather  souls  therein  who  have  been  redeemed, 
and  need  to  be  prepared  for  everlasting  blessedness. 
In  new  lands  the  missionary  desires  to  plant  those 
seeds  of  Christian  civilization  which  will  grow  up  to 
regenerate  the  nations  when  he  is  dead  and  gone. 
Bright  are  the  visions  of  usefulness  which  God 
permits  the  missionary  to  see  in  his  times  of  solitude 
and  exile.  The  Christian  missionary  asks  for  no 
pity ;  for  if  the  Christian  religion  be  true,  his  is  the 
most  noble  work  on  which  the  sun  looks  down. 

Before  we  reached  Fort  Carlton  we  met  with  an 
accident  which  might  have  had  serious  results.  A 
mare  which  we  had  been  obliged  to  purchase  on  the 
road  was  really  too  young  for  her  work  of  drawing 


io      TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

the  Red  River  cart,  and  I  had  often  asked  the  man 
whom  I  engaged  to  drive  her  to  get  down  and  walk 
up  the  hills,  to  make  her  load  more  easy,  and  to  give 
her  a  fair  chance  of  getting  safely  to  Edmonton. 
The  man  was  often  too  indolent  to  do  this,  and  on 
coming  to  steep  places  he  would  sit  upright,  and 
allow  himself  to  be  drawn  with  great  dignity  up  the 
hills.  He  was  an  old  Scotch  soldier,  and  had 
several  medals  for  brave  deeds  done  in  the  Indian 
Mutiny,  and  he  served  us  out  of  pure  condescension. 
Thinking  it  as  well  to  let  this  gentleman  use  the 
buckboard,  and  for  me,  as  the  master,  to  take  a 
humble  place,  I  gave  up  the  buckboard  to  him,  and 
mounted  the  Red  River  cart,  intending  to  teach  him, 
by  my  example,  how  to  walk  up  hills  and  lighten  the 
mare's  burden.  On  coming  to  the  hills  I  did  this 
once  or  twice  successfully,  but  the  Red  River  cart 
is  an  awkward  vehicle  to  get  up  on  and  down  from, 
and  some  tent-poles  with  long  spikes  projected  close 
by  the  shaft  near  which  I  had  to  descend  to  the 
ground.  As  fate  would  have  it,  on  coming  to  the 
next  hill,  when  alighting  I  in  some  way  frightened 
the  mare,  so  that  she  began  to  kick,  and  then  gallop 
at  a  furious  rate.  I  was  all  the  while  sitting  on  the 
shaft  of  the  cart,  and  expecting  every  moment  that 
the  heels  of  the  mare  would  dash  my  head  on  to  the 
spikes  of  the  tent-poles  close  by  me.  Looking  back 
in  my  danger,  I  could  see  the  man  of  many  medals 
as  calm  as  usual,  and  much  too  full  of  dignity  to 
exercise  the  courage  and  quick-wittedness  which 
may  have  won  him  distinction  on  the  far  plains  of 


WINNIPEG  AND  THE  PRAIRIES  n 

India.  Of  course  the  events  in  India  were  great 
ones,  and  he  was  equal. to  such  occasions;  but  this 
Red  River  cart  business  was  beneath  contempt,  and 
not  at  all  worth  the  risk  of  personal  harm,  when  no 
distinction  could  possibly  be  won  from  an  admiring 
country.  What,  then,  was  I  to  do  ?  for  the  danger 
seemed  to  be  imminent,  and  there  was  no  time  to  be 
lost.  My  feet  were  hanging  from  the  shaft,  and  I 
could  only  spring  from  the  elbows,  and  I  could  not 
hope  to  do  that  far  enough  to  avoid  the  risk  of  breaking 
both  my  legs  by  the  passage  over  them  of  the  eight 
or  nine  hundred  pounds  weight  of  goods  which  the 
cart  contained.  Instead,  therefore,  of  springing  too 
far,  I  quietly  dropped  under  the  wheel  just  where 
the  weight  would  pass  over  the  strong  thigh-bones 
with  the  chance  of  not  breaking  them.  The  plan 
answered  very  well,  but  of  course  the  shock  was 
great  to  the  whole  system,  so  that  I  swooned  away. 
Recovering  consciousness,  I  was  placed  in  the  buck- 
board,  and  then  tried  to  travel  on  a  few  miles  ;  but 
the  pain  compelled  me  to  have  the  tent  pitched,  and 
as  the  next  day  was  the  Sunday,  we  rested  in  a  most 
desolate  place,  but  I  was  quietly  grateful  that,  in 
God's  mercy,  things  had  turned  out  no  worse. 

At  Fort  Carlton  we  remained  for  three  weeks, 
and  received  many  kindnesses  from  the  gentlemen 
in  charge.  Up  to  this  time  we  had  met  very  few 
Indians,  and  they  had  not  molested  us  in  any  way. 
Now  and  then  a  brave  had  ridden  up  to  us  with 
his  gun  cocked,  half  begging  and  half  demanding 
tobacc5,  but  that  was  all  the  annoyance  we  had 


12     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

suffered  ;  as  we  proceeded,  however,  we  found  the 
Indians  discontented  and  restless,  and  adverse  to 
the  passage  of  white  men  through  their  territories. 
Before  we  reached  the  farther  plains  we  learned 
that  a  party  of  surveyors  had  been  forced  to  return, 
and  that  the  Indians  had  proclaimed  their  intention 
of  stopping  all  strangers.  In  our  little  party  at  this 
time  we  had  a  trader  going  west,  and  two  Chippewa 
Indians  with  their  families.  The  presence  of  these 
Indians  was  a  source  of  danger  to  us,  for  the 
Chippewas  were  hunters,  and  as  these  men  had 
killed  some  buffaloes  during  their  journey  they  were 
sure  to  be  discovered.  The  Crees  considered  that 
no  strangers  ought  to  kill  their  game,  especially  as 
it  was  exceedingly  scarce,  and  their  families  were 
often  in  want.  We  were  not  surprised,  therefore, 
when,  one  Saturday  evening,  just  south  of  Fort  Pitt, 
in  the  delta  of  the  Saskatchewans,  an  Indian  and  a 
boy  presented  themselves  in  our  encampment,  and, 
after  observing  everything,  told  us  that  they  had 
been  sent  by  their  band  to  learn  who  wre  were,  and 
to  order  us  to  return  eastward,  for  they  were 
determined  not  to  allow  us  to  proceed  through  their 
country.  On  receiving  this  message,  we  invited  the 
two  Indians  to  share  our  supper,  and  requested 
them  to  wait  while  I  prepared  a  communication 
which  they  could  deliver  to  their  chief  and  people. 
In  this  letter  I  told  the  chief,  in  very  respectful 
language,  who  we  were,  and  that  the  great  chiefs  of 
the  English  Church  had  sent  me  to  teach  the  people 
around  Edmonton  the  way  of  the  true  Christian 


WINNIPEG  AND  THE  PRAIRIES  13 

religion,  and  that  of  course  I  must  go  on  my  journey, 
and  do  the  work  which.  I  had  been  .sent  to  do.  I 
said  I  hoped  that  I  should  be  able  to  see  him  and 
his  people  on  Monday,  and  that  so  we  might  become 
friends  and  brothers  together,  which  would  give  me 
great  satisfaction. 

During  the  Sunday,  and  on  the  Monday  morning, 
I  noticed  the  people  in  our  encampment  were  often 
in  conference  together,  and  that  they  were  anxious 
about  the  state  of  matters ;  and  when  we  started 
on  the  trail  I  observed  that  they  soon  left  it,  and 
did  not  return  to  it.  When  I  inquired  the  reason 
of  their  leaving  the  trail,  they  answered  that  they 
wished  to  find  a  good  crossing  of  the  Battle  River, 
as  the  usual  crossing  was  a  difficult  one.  How- 
ever, no  crossing  could  be  found,  and,  on  turning 
a  bend  in  the  stream,  behold  the  whole  plain  was 
covered  with  tents,  and  there  were  the  very  Indians 
that  our  people  had  secretly  desired  to  avoid.  The 
trader  and  the  Chippewas  looked  confounded,  and 
would  have  escaped  if  they  could  have  done  so.  They 
would  thus  have  brought  themselves  into  danger,  for 
on  the  plains  the  Indians  seem  to  observe  every- 
thing, and  fear  and  flight  will  never  secure  protection 
from  them.  However,  all  this  turned  out  well  in 
the  end,  for  the  Indians  were  invited  to  hold  a 
conference,  and  when  they  were  seated  in  circles 
around  the  spot  reserved  for  the  missionary,  he 
appeared  in  a  formal  manner,  arrayed  in  all  possible 
finery,  and  first  gravely  distributed  plugs  of  tobacco 
to  all  who  were  seated  in  the  nearest  circles. 


14     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

Then,  inquiring  whether  they  were  all  ready  for  the 
conference,  he  wished  to  know  whether  they  had 
received  the  letter  which  he  had  sent.  They  had, 
they  said.  Then  he  explained  again  who  he  was, 
and  what  he  was  sent  to  do,  and  asked  whether 
the  message  to  order  such  a  man  to  go  back  was 
reasonable.  They  answered  that  it  was  not.  Then, 
should  we  be  friends  and  brothers,  and  would  they 
assist  me  on  the  journey,  for  I  was  a  stranger  in 
their  land  ?  They  would  give  me  all  the  help  and 
furtherance  they  were  able,  they  replied.  So  with 
many  expressions  of  good  feeling  we  departed,  and 
for  two  hundred  miles  we  found  the  Indians  friendly 
everywhere.  This  good  feeling  has  been  maintained 
during  the  vicissitudes  of  twenty  long  years. 

A  short  time  after  this  another  Cree  appeared, 
and  this  also  was  on  a  Saturday  evening.  He 
inquired  whether  I  would  go  twenty  miles  to  his 
encampment,  and  hold  a  service  with  his  people. 
If  so,  he  would  take  me  there,  and  send  me  back 
to  the  trail  after  the  service.  Who  he  was  I  knew 
not,  nor  where  he  wished  to  take  me.  However,  I 
went,  and  found  perhaps  twenty  tents  beside  a  small 
lake,  and  saw  for  the  first  and  last  time  a  great 
herd  of  buffaloes  close  by  the  encampment.  This 
man  proved  to  be  the  chief  of  the  White  Fish 
Lake  Indians,  and  one  of  Nature's  noblemen. 

Our  trail  ran  nearly  west  from  Carlton  to  the 
Battle  River ;  then,  turning  northward,  we  made  for 
Buffalo  Lake,  and  for  the  trail  which  leads  from 
the  Bow  River  to  Edmonton.  The  scenery  about 


WINNIPEG  AND  THE  PRAIRIES  15 

here  was  charming,  and  I  never  conceived  it  to  be 
possible  for  so  many  fowls  to  be  collected  together 
as  I  saw  around  Buffalo  Lake  in  that  September. 
Water  and  air  seemed  alive  with  them,  and  you 
could  not  fire  a  gun  without  bringing  down  several 
with  every  shot.  The  fecundity  of  Nature,  when 
she  is  left  alone  in  these  regions,  is  marvellous. 

Fort  Edmonton  came  in  sight  on  September  28, 
1875.  The  journey  from  Ontario  took  five  months. 
Now,  in  the  year  1896,  it  is  possible  in  that  period 
to  visit  the  British  Isles  from  Edmonton  several 
times  with  far  less  toil  and  inconvenience  than  I 
had  to  endure  in  that  single  journey  twenty  years 
ago. 


CHAPTER  III. 
EARLY  DIFFICULTIES. 

EDMONTON,  Alberta,  North-West  Canada,  is 
at  the  head  of  navigation  on  the  North  Sas- 
katchewan River,  which  flows  through  Lake  Winni- 
peg into  Hudson  Bay.  Twenty  years  ago  it  was 
simply  a  fort,  where  hunters  brought  their  furs, 
and  received  goods  in  exchange.  On  my  arrival  I 
found  very  few  residents,  and  these  were  nearly  all 
servants  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Company.  Nine  miles 
from  the  fort  were  the  headquarters  of  the  Roman 
Catholic  Church,  and  the  Catholics  had,  at  that 
time,  a  church  inside  the  fort  itself.  Within  sight 
of  the  fort  were  also  a  Methodist  chapel  and  a 
parsonage.  The  leading  people  at  the  fort  were 
Methodists,  and  very  zealous  Methodists  too.  They 
did  not  often  attend  our  services,  nor  did  they 
encourage  their  servants  to  attend.  At  first,  on 
looking  around  me,  I  asked  myself  what  I  was  to 
do.  I  was  far  from  civilization,  and  with  only  one 
or  two  posts  in  the  year  to  bring  me  letters.  I  had 
at  hand  a  tent,  a  surplice,  a  Prayer-Book,  and  a 


EARLY  DIFFICULTIES  17 

Bible.  There  was  no  parsonage,  no  church,  nor 
any  means  for  building  either.  I  had  been  sent  as 
a  missionary  to  settlers.  But  where  were  they  ?  I 
could  not  find  such  persons  as  we  usually  designate 
settlers.  Beyond  the  mission-stations  even  a  potato- 
patch  was  seldom  to  be  seen,  and  a  farm  never. 


VIEW  OF  EDMONTON. 

Three  or  four  persons  had,  in  years  gone  by,  been 
confirmed  in  the  church  at  Manitoba,  but  these  had 
become  attendants  on  Methodist  ministrations.  It 
seemed  as  if  I  had  come  to  upset  Methodism,  and 
to  introduce  religious  strife  into  a  distant,  and  not 
very  devout,  community.  I  would  gladly  have  re- 


£8     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

turned  to  other  fields  of  labour,  could  I  have  been 
so  directed,  or  had  circumstances  permitted.  Then 
as  to  my  means  of  subsistence.  Two  hundred  pounds 
a  year  in  Edmonton  was  equal  to  about  fifty  pounds 
a  year  in  Ontario  or  in  England.  The  usual  price 
of  flour  was  twenty-five  dollars  a  bag,  or  five  pounds 
sterling  the  hundredweight.  Fifty  cents,  or  two 
shillings,  bought  a  pound  of  sugar  or  of  salt.  During 
the  first  two  winters  I  bought  barley  for  my  mare, 
and  it  cost  me  one  pound  sterling  for  two  bushels 
If  the  mare  strayed  away — and  this  she  often  did— 
then  to  fetch  her  from  the  plains  cost  me  five  dollars 
a  day,  or  part  of  a  day,  as  the  case  might  be ;  but  if 
the  business  took  two  days,  a  man  expected  two 
sovereigns  as  his  pay.  All  my  expenses  were  in  the 
same  proportion. 

For  a  few  days  I  received  kindly  hospitality  at  the 
fort,  and  then  I  removed  into  a  log  building,  which 
was  partly  finished,  and  available  by  a  mere  acci- 
dent. I  used  this  both  as  a  residence  and  as  the 
church.  As  the  winter  was  at  hand,  it  was  necessary 
for  me  to  put  this  house  into  some  sort  of  repair, 
and  the  difficulty  I  had  was  to  secure  both  lumber 
and  a  carpenter.  After  some  inquiry,  I  found  a  man 
who  had  recently  arrived  from  Manitoba  with  his 
family,  and  I  learned  that  he  might  be  induced  to 
do  the  job  for  me.  The  man  was  sent  for. 

'  Can  you  do  this  job  ?'  I  asked. 

'  Well,  I  might,'  he  replied,  *  if  the  pay  is  all 
right.' 

'  What  do  you  want  a  day  for  this  work  ?'  I  said. 


EARLY  DIFFICULTIES  19 

'  Well,  I'll  ax  around,  and  see ;  it  may  be  five 
dollars  a  day  might  pay  me,'  was  the  answer. 

The  man  did  not  look  a  very  active  carpenter,  but 
the  work  had  to  be  done,  and  so  I  said : 

'  All  right,  you  shall  have  five  dollars  a  day ;  come 
to-morrow/ 

Days  passed,  however,  and  no  carpenter  appeared. 
After  awhile  a  large  tent  was  pitched  at  a  little 
distance  from  the  house,  and  it  was  crowded  with 
boys  and  girls  of  all  ages ;  there  were  ten  of  them, 
and  the  carpenter  was  among  them.  Thinking,  and 
hoping,  that  he  had  come  to  begin  the  work  at  last, 
I  approached  him  with  the  question  : 

'  Have  you  come  to  fix  the  house  ?' 

'  No,'  he  said, '  I  think  not ;  the  pay  is  not  enough.' 

'What  do  you  want,  then  ?'  was  the  answer. 

'Oh,  food  for  my  family,  and  five  dollars  a  day.' 

'  What !  food  for  all  these  ?' 

'  Yes.' 

'  How  much  will  the  food  cost  ?' 

'  I  do  not  know,  but  I  must  have  food  for  my 
family.' 

'  Well,  then,  buy  it  out  of  the  five  dollars.' 

'  No,  I  can't ;  they  want  that  in  other  ways.' 

I  need  hardly  say  that  this  carpenter  was  not 
engaged  on  these  impossible  conditions. 

The  first  winter  I  spent  at  Edmonton  was  a  very 
cold  and  severe  one,  the  frost  often  registering  forty, 
and  even  fifty,  degrees  below  zero.  I  was  fortunate 
enough  to  obtain  a  small  cooking  stove  at  the  fort, 
which,  with  the  pipes,  cost  one  hundred  dollars,  or 

2 2 


20     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

twenty  pounds  sterling.  This  stove  was  not  sufficient 
to  warm  the  room,  and  it  needed  perpetual  attention 
night  and  day,  with  the  slight  wood  of  the  country, 
to  keep  us  from  freezing  in  our  badly-built  house. 
Often  I  tried  to  write,  and  placed  the  ink  on  the 
front  of  the  stove  in  order  that  it  might  thaw ;  but 
before  the  pen  could  touch  the  paper  and  write  a 
word  the  ink  in  the  pen  would  be  frozen,  and  writing 
exceedingly  difficult.  At  this  time  my  books  had  not 
arrived,  and  there  was  very  little  literature  to  be 
obtained.  The  days  were  short  and  the  nights  were 
long,  so  if  there  had  been  at  command  a  large 
library,  the  books  would  have  been  of  no  practical 
use,  for,  besides  the  cold,  we  had  no  light,  and  could 
not  procure  any.  Neither  coal  nor  oil  could  be 
bought,  and  tallow  for  making  candles  cost  fifty  cents 
a  pound,  and  only  about  two  pounds  could  be  pur- 
chased during  the  winter  even  at  this  price.  To 
help  in  bearing  the  cold,  I  ordered  a  jacket  of  moose- 
skin  and  a  pair  of  trousers.  The  charge  was  fifty 
dollars,  and  I  actually  paid  forty-five.  Some  of  these 
charges  I  have  since  compared  with  the  charges 
made  by  traders  for  the  necessaries  of  life  up  among 
the  great  newly-discovered  lakes  in  Central  Africa, 
such  as  Lakes  Tanganyika  and  Victoria  Nyanza, 
and  it  is  a  positive  fact  that  we,  in  North- West 
America,  then  paid  more  for  common  goods  than 
the  missionaries  did  in  the  far  African  regions. 

The  reader  may  well  imagine  that  life  under  such 
conditions  of  exile  and  solitude  would  not  be  con- 
sidered a  delightful  state  of  human  existence  any- 


EARLY  DIFFICULTIES  21 

where  ;  and  yet  even  here  the  dark  cloud  had  its 
silver  lining.  From  the  first  a  few  persons  at- 
tended the  services.  Officials  in  the  Hudson  Bay 
Company's  service  were  glad  to  renew  old  church 
associations  as  they  passed  to  other  forts.  Camps 
of  surveyors  sought  a  little  Sunday  rest,  and 
change  from  the  monotony  of  their  life  on  the 
prairies,  in  public  worship  after  the  manner  of  their 
fathers.  Mounted  police,  who  had  just  come  into 
the  country,  and  were  located  some  eighteen  or 
twenty  miles  away,  were  offered  frequent  services. 
Children  were  collected  for  instruction  ;  the  Indian 
tents  were  visited  ;  and  the  banner  of  the  Church 
was  unfurled  over  a  new,  and  vast,  and  hitherto  un- 
occupied region. 

Such  occupations  and  thoughts  made  '  life  worth 
living,'  and  I  am  thankful  that  the  honour  fell  on  me 
of  being  the  pioneer  missionary  of  what  is  now  an 
extensive  diocese. 


CHAPTER  IV. 
DOG-TRAIN  EXPERIENCES.    • 

DURING  the  winter  of  1875,  and  the  summer 
of  1876,  the  monotony  of  the  missionary's 
life  was  broken  by  the  occurrence  of  a  few  incidents. 
In  such  circumstances  as  I  was  then  placed  in,  small 
things  may  seem  to  become  very  large.  Few  events 
can  happen  in  so  isolated  a  place  as  Edmonton  then 
was,  and  when  incidents  do  occur,  they  are  sure  to 
get  fixed  on  the  memory.  The  Chief  Factor  of  the 
Hudson  Bay  Fort  spent  this  particular  winter  in  the 
district.  He  would  often  pay  me  a  visit,  and  even 
sometimes  would  come  to  dinner.  Our  usual  food 
was  pemmican,  but  on  these  special  occasions  we 
managed  a  little  soup,  or  even  went  to  the  luxury  of 
a  pudding.  The  ingredients  of  these  luxuries  were 
of  various  kinds,  and  the  cooking  results  were  not 
always  the  same.  But  we  expected  little,  and  were 
more  than  satisfied  if  the  dinner  proved  to  be  pre- 
sentable. After  dinner  would  come  such  conversa- 
tions and  confidences  as  can  only  be  born  out  of  the 
intimacies  of  times  of  solitude. 


24     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

This  winter,  too,  the  surveyors  were  at  work 
surveying  for  the  Canada  Pacific  Railway  through 
the  passes  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  they  made 
their  head-quarters  at  Edmonton.  Now  and  then 
they  came  in,  with  their  dog-trains,  to  do  business, 
and  then  would  take  me  back  with  them  twenty, 
thirty,  forty,  and  sometimes  even  fifty,  miles  on  the 
survey  line.  On  these  occasions  I  was  glad  to  hold 
services  with  the  men ;  or  on  a  week-night,  after 
they  had  returned  from  their  work,  and  finished 
their  supper,  to  give  them  a  lecture  on  some  subject 
in  which  they  were  likely  to  be  interested.  These 
visits  were  often  very  pleasant  to  me,  and  I  hope 
they  were  also  helpful  to  the  men  who  were  in  the 
camps  that  I  visited. 

At  these  camps  there  would  be  perhaps  fifty 
persons,  forming  a  company  of  the  most  varied  kind, 
gathered  from  every  part  of  the  Dominion  and  of 
the  British  Isles.  Their  work  was  much  the  same 
from  day  to  day,  whether  it  was  cold  or  warm,  or 
whether  it  was  wet  or  dry,  and  they  found  it  exceed- 
ingly monotonous.  Hence,  a  fresh  face  and  a  voice 
of  kindness  were  always  very  welcome  in  the  camp, 
and  served  to  remind  them  of  the  world  they  had 
left  so  far  away. 

The  gentlemen  who  led  these  camps  were  often 
very  clever  in  their  profession,  and  their  manners 
were  agreeable  and  refined,  entitling  them  to  much 
respect.  When  railroads  are  finished,  and  travellers 
are  using  them  for  comfortable  and  expeditious 
journeys,  how  little  men  think  of  the  labour,  and 


DOG-TRAIN  EXPERIENCES  25 

enterprise,  and  endurance  of  some  of  the  best  sons 
of  Canada  in  doing  the  necessary  pioneer  work  ! 

It  was  at  this  time  that  I  had  my  first  experience 
of  travelling  by  a  dog-train.  You  are  wrapped  up 
like  a  mummy,  and  placed  in  the  cariole ;  a  man 
stands  or  runs  behind  you  and  drives  the  dogs  ;  you 
are  perfectly  quiet,  and  have  nothing  to  do,  either 
uphill,  downhill,  or  on  level  ground,  except  to  observe 
the  dogs,  the  driver,  and  the  scenery,  and  you  are 
taken  out  at  sunset,  after  having  done  your  fifty 
or  sixty  miles,  with  very  little  either  of  discomfort 
or  of  weariness. 

At  the  time  I  am  writing  there  are  very  few  dog- 
trains  seen  in  this  district ;  they  have  had  their  day, 
and  are  passing  away,  leaving  the  wise  man  to  think 
of  the  compensations  that  attend  upon  all  changed 
earthly  conditions. 

About  this  time  I  paid  my  first  visit  to  the  St. 
Albert  Roman  Catholic  Mission,  which  was  nine 
miles  from  the  fort.  It  had  been  intimated  to  me 
that  the  Bishop's  nephew  was  to  be  received  into  the 
priesthood,  and  that,  if  I  would  go  and  see  the  func- 
tion, and  take  luncheon  with  the  Bishop,  it  would  be 
received  as  an  act  of  politeness,  and  I  could  make 
acquaintance  with  the  Roman  clergy  who  would  be 
gathered  together  on  this  occasion.  I  found  a  con- 
venient church  for  such  a  far-off  mission,  and  the 
service  was  rendered  as  in  the  front  parts  of  Canada. 
There  were  perhaps  twenty  priests  present,  as  well 
as  many  lay  brothers  and  gray  nuns,  who  were  all 
actively  employed  in  their  several  locations.  It  was 


26     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

a  sight  well  worth  seeing,  but  I  could  not  help  pain- 
fully realizing  the  fact  that  I,  a  solitary  clergyman 
of  the  Church  of  England,  had  to  do  my  best,  with 
little  support  and  no  personal  help,  amid  a  half- 
breed  and  Indian  population,  which  was  surrounded 
by  Catholic  influences.  On  that  and  every  occasion 
when  I  have  met  the  Roman  Catholic  Bishop  and 
his  people,  I  am  bound  to  say  that  I  have  received 
most  graceful  and  kindly  attentions. 

Near  by  the  house  which  I  occupied,  and  used  for 
the  services,  was  the  Methodist  chapel,  with  the 
parsonage  attached.  On  my  arrival  the  minister 
had  been  removed  to  Victoria,  seventy  miles  down 
the  Saskatchewan  River,  and  another  minister  was 
expected,  along  with  the  chairman  of  the  district. 
In  due  time  these  gentlemen  appeared.  The  chair- 
man was  invited  to  call  on  the  clergyman,  but  no  visit 
was  paid  in  response  to  the  invitation,  and  in  due 
time  a  report  was  sent  to  the  Conference  people  in 
Ontario,  to  the  effect  that  this  gentleman  had  seen 
the  sad  sight,  in  the  far  North-West,  of  clergymen  of 
the  Church  of  England,  both  at  Prince  Albert  and 
at  Edmonton,  '  working  day  and  night,  not  so  much 
to  call  sinners  to  repentance,  as  to  make  Ritualists 
of  Presbyterians  and  Methodists.'  By  these  people 
our  work  was  looked  upon  as  an  interference  with 
their  rights,  and  our  presence  was  simply  shocking. 
We  were  regarded  as  poachers  who  plunder  the 
preserves  of  respectable  families  in  well-regulated 
communities.  The  spirit  of  Dissent  seems  to  be  the 
same  all  the  world  over.  It  cries  out  for  liberty, 


DOG-TRAIN  EXPERIENCES  27 

and  shouts  persecution,. whenever  it  has  a  chance  in 
England ;  and  in  the  colonies,  if  it  have  in  any 
respect  the  advantage  of  the  Mother  Church,  it  can 
put  on  the  air  of  upstarts,  and  ape  the  manners 
which  these,  in  popular  estimation,  are  supposed  to 
wear. 

During  this  winter  a  most  sad  event  occurred 
to  Mr.  McDougall,  the  chief  Methodist  missionary. 
He  and  his  son  were  on  the  plains  hunting  buffaloes 
for  their  supply  of  meat.  Towards  the  evening  he 
left  his  son  to  seek  the  camp,  that  he  might  prepare 
supper.  When  his  son  arrived  at  the  camp  and 
called  his  father,  he  was  not  there.  The  night 
passed,  and  several  days,  and  at  last  the  body  of  the 
good  missionary  was  found  frozen,  with  the  hands 
folded  on  the  breast,  and  a  calm  smile  upon  the  face, 
as  if  he  had  composed  himself  to  rest.  For  his  zeal 
in  his  work,  and  the  manner  of  his  death,  the  Metho- 
dists of  Canada  justly  hold  his  memory  in  much 
respect  and  reverence. 


CHAPTER  V. 
RIVER  AND  OTHER  PERILS. 

BY  the  summer  of  1876  it  had  become  evident 
that  the  neighbourhood  of  Fort  Edmonton, 
on  account  of  certain  local  circumstances  and  the 
paucity  of  the  population,  could  not  occupy  the 
whole  time  of  the  missionary.  He  therefore  en- 
larged his  work,  and  visited  all  the  Indian  bands 
that  he  could  find  on  the  prairies.  Some  of  the 
Indians  told  him  that  they  had  roamed  for  years 
without  seeing  the  face  of  a  missionary.  If  they 
came  to  Edmonton  Fort  to  sell  their  furs,  they 
might  receive  some  religious  attention,  but  such 
casual  work  could  help  them  very  little.  These 
Indians  had  been  morally  influenced  by  a  Mr. 
Wolesey,  who  had  for  years  lived  amongst  them, 
and  been  as  one  of  themselves.  They  had  not  at 
that  time  been  gathered  on  reservations,  but  went 
where  hunting  was  to  be  found.  Often  they  asked 
me  for  teachers  for  their  children,  and  for  mis- 
sionaries who  would  live  among  them ;  and  their 
wishes  were  duly  transmitted  to  the  Church  autho- 
rities, but  with  little  immediate  result. 


RIVER  AND  OTHER  PERILS  29 

Once,  by  special  appeals  to  the  venerable  Society 
for  the  Propagation  of  the  Gospel,  I  was  able  to  get 
a  missionary  placed  at  Saddle  Lake,  more  than  a 
hundred  miles  from  Edmonton,  and  thirty  miles 
from  any  other  mission-station,  and  at  first  the  new 
mission  seemed  to  be  unusually  promising ;  but  the 
Methodist  missionary,  who  had  never  held  service 
there  before,  thought  it  becoming  to  visit  the  station 
regularly,  and  thus  to  sow  contention,  which  resulted 
in  the  discouragement  of  our  missionary  and  the 
final  abandonment  of  the  mission.  Now,  the  Roman 
Catholics  and  the  Methodists  both  have  a  station 
there,  but  the  English  Church  has  no  representative 
in  all  that  large  district  of  country. 

Also  at  this  time  I  began  my  visits  to  Victoria, 
seventy  miles  away,  by  the  invitation  of  the  people 
there.  These  people  had  been  brought  up  at  our 
missions  around  the  old  Red  River  Settlement, 
Manitoba,  and  they  had  wandered  eight  hundred 
miles  to  find  new  homes.  They  were  very  poor,  and 
not  a  thriving  people,  but  some  of  them  were  very 
loyal  to  the  Church  of  England,  and  wished  the 
privilege  of  her  services.  I  went  frequently,  until 
the  cost  of  travelling  and  broken  health  rendered  it 
impossible  for  me  to  undertake  the  long  rough 
journeys.  Many  years  have  passed,  and  yet  we 
have  no  missionary  at  Victoria. 

On  this  journey  I  once  nearly  lost  my  life.  Thirty 
miles  from  Edmonton  is  the  Sturgeon  River,  on  the 
old  trail,  and  in  the  spring-time,  after  the  melting  of 
the  snow,  the  river  is  deep  and  the  current  strong. 


30     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

On  one  occasion,  expecting  difficulty  in  crossing  this 
stream,  I  took  two  men  with  me,  and  on  arriving 
there  we  found  the  river  flooded.  In  one  way  and 
another  the  baggage  was  passed  across,  and  also  the 
horses  and  carts,  and  nothing  was  left  but  my  light 
buckboard,  in  which  I  was'  to  follow.  I  shouted  for 
one  of  the  men  to  return  through  the  river,  that  he 
might  drive  me  across,  and  by  his  weight  in  the 
vehicle  help  to  balance  it  in  the  stream  ;  but  he  was 
positive  there  was  no  danger,  and  that  I  might 
expect  to  reach  the  other  side  safely.  However,  in 
coming  to  the  centre  of  the  river,  the  strong  stream 
sent  the  buckboard  rolling  over  and  over  again.  The 
men  were  frightened,  and  rushed  in  to  bring  the 
mare  and  buckboard  ashore,  while  I  went  floating 
down  the  stream.  The  men  cried  out,  '  The  mare  is 
drowned  !'  but  I  exclaimed,  '  Lug  her  to  the  shore, 
and  quickly  come  to  my  assistance  !'  They  did  so, 
and  with  a  long  stick  helped  me  to  land.  Not  far  off 
was  the  great  Saskatchewan  in  full  flood,  against 
which  I  could  have  made  no  resistance. 

On  this  road  to  Victoria,  from  Edmonton,  were 
several  streams  almost  as  difficult  to  cross  while  in 
flood  as  this  one,  and,  as  I  said,  the  journey  there 
was  expensive,  and  sometimes  dangerous. 

It  may  be  interesting  for  clergymen  '  at  home,' 
who  can  travel  by  express  trains,  to  know  that  on 
these  journeys  it  is  necessary  to  take  most  of  our  food 
with  us,  and  many  other  things  that  we  may  require. 
A  cart  has  to  be  loaded  with  a  tent,  bedding,  sauce- 
pans, tin  cups,  plates,  flour,  tea,  and  whatever  is 


RIVER  AND  OTHER  PERILS  31 

required.  In  fine  weather,  if  there  are  no  mosqui- 
toes, the  journey  is  pleasant  enough ;  but  if  it  rains, 
and  the  unmade  roads  are  knee-deep  in  mud,  this 
kind  of  travelling  will  try  a  man's  mettle.  Nor 
does  the  trouble  rest  with  the  difficulties  of  the 
journey ;  after  it  the  missionary  is  likely  to  find  that 
the  seeds  of  rheumatism  and  dyspepsia  have  been 
sown  by  the  exposure  and  the  badly-prepared  food, 
so  that  his  constitution  needs  to  be  unusually  strong 
if  he  is  to  bear  this  kind  of  labour  during  many 
years.  Yet  it  is,  I  suppose,  by  the  same  kind  of 
experiences,  and  the  same  thankless  toil,  that  the 
Christian  civilization  of  our  colonies  is  everywhere 
built  up.  Which  will  prove  in  the  end  to  be  the 
greater  work — the  heathen  work  or  the  colonial — we 
are  not  able  to  determine.  They  will  both  have 
vast  issues  in  the  Divine  overruling  ;  but  when  our 
colonies  shall  have  blossomed  into  great  nations, 
the  work  of  the  pioneer  Church  will  fully  justify 
itself,  and  receive  its  crown  of  honour  and  recog- 
nition. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

SECURING  A  DWELLING-PLACE. 

TO  one  coming  from  Ontario  in  these  days  it 
seems  difficult  to  realize  the  fact  that  this 
North-West  is  not  more  modern  than  other  parts  of 
Canada.  Excepting  Quebec,  the  far  North- West 
might  be  called  the  oldest  part  of  Canada.  Travel- 
lers reached  these  countries  from  Hudson  Bay  by 
the  great  rivers  and  lakes  ;  and  very  early  in  the 
eighteenth  century  the  French  Canadians,  bent  on 
discovery  or  trade,  had  visited  the  most  distant 
places.  For  a  hundred  years  Edmonton  has  been 
the  centre  of  a  large  fur  trade,  where  Crees  and 
Blackfoot  traded.  Hundreds  of  miles  were  of  no 
account  to  the  natives,  who  travelled  in  large  bands 
as  convenience  dictated.  All  places  were  the  same 
to  them  if  the  hunt  was  prosperous,  and  they  had 
ammunition  and  a  few  necessaries.  Hence  at  the 
forts  few  Indians  were  seen,  except  at  certain  times, 
when  they  gathered  from  the  plains,  and  pitched 
their  tents  and  did  their  business,  exchanging  their 
furs  for  the  things  they  required.  Then  they  would 
disappear  again  for  months. 


SECURING  A  DWELLING-PLACE  33 

As  a  rule,  our  food  was  very  bad  in  those  days  ; 
pemmican  or  buffalo  meat,  mixed  with  fat,  was  the 
great  luxury.  Our  bread  was  made  with  soda  in- 
stead of  yeast ;  the  commonest  food  was  often  unat- 
tainable. One  day  a  man,  four  miles  away,  promised 
me  a  quart  of  milk  if  I  would  send  for  it.  I  was 
really  yearning  for  milk,  and  was  ill  for  the  want  of 
it.  As  soon  as  the  boy  was  gone  the  eight  miles  for 
the  milk,  I  placed  myself  at  the  window  overlooking 
the  road  to  watch  his  coming  back,  and  as  soon  as 
he  returned  I  divided  it,  and  drank  my  share  with 
the  utmost  greediness,  as  if  my  life  depended  on 
it.  Such  luxury  was  felicity. 

A  few  months  sufficed  to  reveal  the  real  difficulties 
of  my  position  as  an  isolated  missionary.  I  had 
gone  into  a  partly  -  finished  log  house,  which  I 
obtained  by  a  mere  accident ;  two  hundred  dollars 
of  my  own  money  had  been  spent  in  making  the 
house  at  all  habitable.  We  used  the  whole  of  the 
upper  part  for  a  chapel,  and  in  fine  weather  it  was 
very  suitable,  and  looked  very  well ;  but  in  snowy 
weather  the  storms  gave  us  great  trouble.  Often 
on  Sunday  mornings  we  had  to  use  shovels  to  throw 
the  snow  out  of  the  window ;  then,  when  the  fire 
had  melted  the  snow  on  the  open  rafters,  the  wet 
came  down  on  our  heads,  and  caused  discomfort  at 
the  services.  I  could  find  no  accommodation  in  the 
small  log  cottages  close  by.  These  generally  con- 
sisted of  two  rooms,  and  were  occupied  by  large 
families.  In  these  there  was  little  method  of  house- 
keeping, and  no  privacy.  If  I  was  to  remain  in 

3 


34     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

Edmonton,  it  seemed  difficult  to  know  what  to  do, 
for  my  house  was  held  in  a  very  precarious  manner. 
One  morning  a  neighbour,  who  was  a  trader,  pre- 
sented himself,  and  offered  to  sell  me  his  house  and 
land  for  a  thousand  dollars,  as  he  badly  wanted 
money.  This  seemed  to  be  a  Providential  offer,  for 
the  house  alone  had  cost  that  amount.  On  sending 
to  the  Church  authorities,  however,  I  could  only 
learn  that  there  were  no  funds  available  for  such  a 
purpose,  and  my  affairs  continued  as  unsettled  as 
ever. 

Since  then  the  land  alone  has  been  sold  for  many 
thousands  of  dollars  for  building  purposes,  and  funds 
have  been  secured  for  the  building  of  a  fine  church, 
and  the  provision  of  an  endowment  for  the  minister 
in  the  town  of  Edmonton. 

A  little  time  after  this  a  communication  came  to 
me  from  the  owner  of  the  house  in  which  I  lived, 
telling  me  that  the  use  of  the  house  was  immediately 
required,  and  that  he  wished  to  have  possession  by 
ten  o'clock  the  next  morning.  Of  course  I  was  a 
little  surprised,  as  the  house  belonged  to  the  chief 
trader,  who  was  expecting  to  leave  the  Hudson  Bay 
service.  He  had  claimed  three  settlers'  lots  for  him- 
self and  his  brothers,  but  held  them  in  a  precarious 
manner ;  for  the  Canadian  Government,  in  buying 
the  Hudson  Bay  Company's  interests  in  the  North- 
West,  had,  in  their  bargain,  included  all  Hudson 
Bay  officers  ;  and  as  these  already  had  their  share 
of  the  spoil,  they  were  prevented  from  becoming 
settlers  on  their  own  separate  account.  These 


SECURING  A  DWELLING-PLACE  35 

three  lots  led  up  to  the  Methodist  mission  property, 
and  comprise  a  large  'part  of  the  new  town  of 
Edmonton.  It  is  a  curious  part  of  the  local  history 
which  records  that  these  lots  were  conveyed  to 
other  persons,  and  helped  to  make  the  fortunes,  in 
one  case,  of  two  persons.  If  history,  in  small  and 
large  matters,  were  truly  written,  without  gloss,  and 
just  as  the  facts  occurred,  what  a  commotion  would 
be  created,  and  how  many  would  want  it  sup- 
pressed ! 

However,  as  I  could  not  purchase  a  piece  of  land 
to  build  a  cottage  where  Edmonton  now  is,  I  had 
looked  about  me  for  a  '  location,'  and  I  chose  the 
Hermitage,  where  I  now  live,  and  I  took  possession 
of  it  a  few  days  after  receiving  the  notice  above  men- 
tioned. It  was  in  the  middle  of  December,  1876,  that 
I  took  up  my  permanent  residence.  A  part  of  the 
summer  had  been  occupied  in  clearing  the  spot  of 
willows,  and  in  building  a  small  log  house,  for  when 
I  took  shelter  there — as  Paddy  says — there  was  no 
roof  over  my  head,  and  no  floor  for  my  feet.  It 
was  with  the  greatest  difficulty  that  I  obtained 
lumber  and  shingles  at  heavy  expense,  and  then  I 
had  to  fetch  them  almost  entirely  by  myself  from  a 
great  distance,  and  to  spend  two  nights  in  the  snow 
in  doing  this  team-work.  Let  those  who  suppose 
colonial  pioneer  missionary  work  is  easy  and 
luxurious,  try  it  under  such  circumstances,  and  they 
will  soon  be  converted  to  a  more  reasonable  mind. 

The  Hermitage  is  situated  on  the  North  Sas- 
katchewan river,  about  seven  miles  from  Edmonton  ; 

3—2 


36     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

it  would  in  most  countries  be  considered  a  pleasant 
locality.  Around  it  are  hills  and  valleys,  trees  and 
water.  From  it  for  twenty  years  missionary  journeys 
have  been  made  to  settlements,  and  Indian  tents, 
over  a  space  of  two  hundred  miles,  and  it  hasi 
been  the  centre  of  all  the  work  which  one  solitary 
missionary  has  been  able  to  accomplish. 

As  this  district  is  now  well  settled,  it  may  interest 
readers  to  know  one  of  my  experiences  on  the  first 
morning  that  I  spent  at  the  Hermitage  in  clearing  the 
ground.  We  had  pitched  our  tent  in  a  valley  by  the 
brook,  and  early  in  the  morning  the  boy  came  to 
the  tent  door  shouting,  '  Sir  !  sir !  there  is  a  man 
coming  with  cows.'  The  answer  was,  '  That  is  not 
possible,  for  where  can  he  be  coming  from,  and 
where  can  he  be  going  to  ?'  Around  us  there  were  no 
paths  or  roads  of  any  kind,  and  the  matter  was  dis- 
missed from  my  mind.  Soon,  however,  the  voice 
exclaimed  again, '  It  is  not  a  man;  it  is  bears  !'  On 
looking  from  the  tent,  surely  enough  there  were  five 
bears — a  large  bruin,  a  black  bear,  and  three  cubs 
— quite  near  to  us.  Quickly  I  got  a  revolver  and 
sharp  knives,  and,  placing  the  boy  behind  me  in  the 
tent,  I  told  him  not  to  be  frightened,  but  to  do 
whatever  he  was  told  to  do.  The  bears  looked 
around  unconcernedly  for  perhaps  ten  minutes,  until 
the  bruin  led  the  way  up  a  hillside,  and  they  all 
disappeared.  We  never  had  visitors  of  any  kind 
that  we  were  more  pleased  to  see  quietly  go  about 
their  business,  as  any  accident  might  have  brought 
fatal  consequences. 


SECURING  A  DWELLING-PLACE  37 

Shortly  after  we  took  up  our  residence  at  the 
Hermitage,  several  events  occurred  indicative  of  the 
crude  state  of  our  civilization,  and  the  lawlessness 
of  the  district.  On  my  land  I  had  a  beautiful  grove 
of  spruce  firs,  and  being  fond  of  trees,  I  spent  time 
and  money  in  clearing  the  grove.  Once,  on  return- 
ing home,  I  found  persons  had  in  my  absence 
taken  down  the  fence,  cut  down  some  of  the  trees, 
scattered  the  waste  around,  and  carried  the  timber 
away.  Presently  I  found  the  man  who  had  done 
this  wrong,  and  told  him  not  to  come  on  such 
business  again.  Instead  of  being  ashamed,  he  told 
me  he  should  do  as  he  pleased  with  the  grove,  and 
that  he  should  not  hesitate  to  take  it  all  away. 
When  I  complained  to  the  only  civil  authorities  we 
had,  they  replied  that  they  had  no  instructions  about 
Crown  lands  and  timber  limits,  and  so  refused  to 
give  protection.  Soon  others  came  and  did  the 
same,  and  gave  me  to  understand  that  they  had  the 
sanction  of  the  local  men,  who  did  not  recognise  the 
right  of  anyone  to  a  piece  of  land,  or  of  what  was 
on  it.  Out  of  this  folly  and  injustice  arose  lots  of 
trouble  to  the  Canadian  Government  by  '  claim- 
jumping,'  which,  as  a  piece  of  local  history,  may  be 
mentioned  in  its  place. 

Just  then  there  was  a  small  band  of  American 
outlaws,  and  others,  who  stole  horses  and  cattle,  from 
whom  I  suffered,  and  could  get  no  protection.  Civil 
government  could  hardly  have  been  more  hopelessly 
inefficient  in  any  part  of  her  Majesty's  Empire. 


CHAPTER  VII. 
HALF-BREED  RACES. 

IT  is  now  time  to  speak  of  the  natives  of  the 
country  among  whom  my  lot  was  cast.     These 
are  locally  known  as  half-breeds  and  Indians.     Of 
the  Indians  some  account  will  be  given  in  a  later 
chapter. 

Our  half-races  are  divided  into  English  and 
French,  chiefly  because  of  their  languages.  Probably 
the  French  are  the  older  people,  for  the  French  from 
Quebec  found  their  way  in  early  days  up  the  Sas- 
katchewan. These  are  Roman  Catholics,  and  they 
chiefly  live  around  the  Catholic  mission-stations. 
To  see  them  turn  out  on  some  holiday  occasion,  one 
could  fancy  one's  self  in  a  French  provincial  town. 
Their  manners  are  very  French,  and  by  no  means 
ungraceful.  Their  French  is  that  of  the  eighteenth 
century  —  country  French  with  a  mixture  of  the 
modern  Parisian  accent.  All  this  is  accounted  for, 
partly  by  their  French  ancestors  of  Quebec,  and 
partly  by  their  education  in  connection  with  St. 
Albert's  Mission.  The  women  especially  have 


HALF-BREED  RACES  39 

often  very  modest  and  pretty  manners,  and  can 
carry  themselves  with  feminine  dignity  and  pro- 
priety. From  early  life  they  are  cared  for  and 
trained  by  the  Grey  Sisters,  and,  being  naturally 
imitative,  they  catch  and  retain  nice  modes  of  be- 
haviour, which  are  quite  a  contrast  to  the  surly 
independent  style  sometimes  observed  in  America, 
the  continent  of  liberty. 

As  a  rule,  the  French  half-races  are  not  thought 
to  be  thrifty.  This  arises  partly  from  their  circum- 
stances. When  they  could  freely  go  on  to  the  plains, 
and  at  any  time  get  what  meat  they  required,  there 
was  little  need  for  them  to  plan  in  order  to  secure  the 
necessaries  of  life.  Now,  however,  they  will  have 
the  opportunity  of  developing  the  careful  qualities  of 
their  French  ancestors,  and  we  hope  to  see  them  a 
prosperous  people  among  the  new  communities  of 
this  promising  North-West.  Undoubtedly  they 
need  wise  and  disinterested  guidance,  and  the  con- 
trol of  an  authoritative  religion  ;  for  the  physical 
life  in  the  French  half-race  is  very  strong,  and,  like 
all  human  qualities,  can  be  rightly  used  or  badly 
abused.  Their  friends  hope  to  see  them  take  an 
honourable  place  among  the  many  and  diverse  races 
who  are  now  pouring  into  the  pleasant  Saskatchewan 
country.  The  other  half-breeds  are  called  English 
half-breeds,  because  they  speak  the  English  language, 
or  else  are,  in  religion,  separate  from  Roman 
Catholicism.  In  fact,  they  are  generally  the  descen- 
dants of  Scotchmen  or  Orkney  men  who  were  in 
the  Hudson  Bay  service,  and  who  consorted  with 


40    TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

Cree  women,  sometimes  giving  them  marriage  and 
sometimes  not.  These  matters  will  not  bear  close 
examination ;  but  if  facts  could  stand  out  clearly  to 
human  view,  as  they  are  in  the  sight  of  God,  it 
might  amuse  some  ethnologists,  and  shock  others, 
to  find  the  descendants  of  great  names  scattered 
abroad  on  these  vast  prairies,  and  sometimes  called 
Indians,  and  sometimes  half-breeds.  I  know  half- 
breeds  whom  I  respect  very  much,  whose  fathers 
went  to  Eastern  Canada,  or  to  England,  and  lived 
in  respectable  comfort  with  their  newly-wedded 
wives,  who  never  communicated  with  their  children 
or  recognised  them  in  any  way.  Some  time  ago, 
on  my  way  to  Red  Deer,  I  met  a  blind  man  led  by 
his  wife,  and  I  was  greatly  struck  with  his  fine  ap- 
pearance and  dignified  and  graceful  manners,  of 
which,  being  blind,  he  seemed  quite  unconscious. 
On  inquiry,  I  found  him  to  be  the  son  of  a  man 
bearing  a  well-known  name  in  the  North-West. 
He  was  begging  for  his  living,  and  soon  died  in 
great  destitution  and  misery. 

My  strong  impression  is  that,  for  a  hundred  miles 
around  these  forts,  the  half-breeds  are  less  Indian 
than  they  are  generally  supposed  to  be.  Years  ago 
the  first  mother  would  be  Indian,  then  the  next 
generation  and  the  next  would  intermarry  among 
themselves,  and  from  these  the  Orkney  men  would 
take  their  wives,  until  the  predominant  quality 
would  be  Scotch.  Somehow  the  Cree  language  has 
a  charm  for  these  people,  and  as  the  Cree  is  freely 
used  with  the  English,  the  real  ancestry  of  the 


HALF-BREED  RACES  41 

people  may  be  readily  observed.  Often  when  I 
visited  Saddle  Lake,  more  than  a  hundred  miles 
away,  an  old  man  stayed  with  me  who  spoke  only 
Cree  ;  if  I  had  met  him  in  an  English  village,  I 
should  not  have  questioned  his  nationality,  even  if 
he  had  used  the  English  language  as  though  it  were 
his  native  tongue.  One  of  the  well-known  Indian 
chiefs  is  undoubtedly  of  English  blood  ;  another 
prominent  man  is  the  son  of  a  Dane.  Another  of 
my  friends  interested  me  much.  When  I  went  into 
his  tent,  he  was  as  polite  as  the  patriarch  Abraham 
could  have  been.  He  arranged  the  cushions  care- 
fully, and  placed  himself  in  an  attitude  of  self- 
respect,  yet  of  reverence,  towards  his  visitor.  With 
his  observations  he  shrugged  his  shoulders,  and 
spoke  his  Cree  with  a  slight  nasal  intonation.  His 
manner  was  that  of  a  diplomatist,  and  I  wondered 
where  I  had  seen  his  face  before,  and  the  character- 
istic curl  on  his  forehead,  and  then  I  thought  of 
Disraeli  (Lord  Beaconsfield).  This  man's  father 
was  a  French  Jew,  who  was  trading  in  these 
parts. 

Hence  it  is  not  easy  to  classify  the  half-races  in 
our  North-West.  An  Indian  now  is  a  man  who 
takes  the  treaty  with  the  Government  at  Ottawa, 
and  lives  on  a  reservation.  If  he  should  neglect  to 
do  this  he  is  a  half-breed  ;  or  if,  having  taken  the 
treaty,  he  arranges  to  retire  from  it,  he  is  '  half-race,' 
which  in  any  case  is  probably  his  proper  designation. 
Hence  the  relationship  of  these  people  to  the  Hudson 
Bay  Company  officials  is  a  very  close  one.  Many 


42     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

of  them  are  their  children  ;  they  have  been  their 
hunters  or  their  freighters.  It  was  the  interest,  and 
even  the  necessity,  of  both  parties  that  they  should 
stand  well  together.  It  would  have  been  better  if 
this  relationship  had  been  more  remembered  by  the 
Hudson  Bay  Company  when  they  transferred  their 
real  or  supposed  rights  to  the  Canadian  Govern- 
ment, by  the  permission  of  the  English  Parliament. 
No  notice  was  taken  of  half-breed  rights,  French  or 
English ;  they  were  all  designated  as  Indian,  a 
designation  not  true  to  the  facts  of  the  case,  although 
convenient  for  Hudson  Bay  purposes. 

Sometimes  I  see  statements  about  the  benevolent 
relationships  existing  between  the  Hudson  Bay  forts 
and  the  natives  which  surprise  me ;  and  I  ask  myself, 
What  natives  do  they  mean  ?  Do  they  speak  of  their 
own  kindred  around  the  forts,  or  the  hunters  who 
are  in  many  ways  closely  related  to  them  ?  It  would 
be  strange  if  they  were  not  humane  to  their  own  ; 
but  why  should  men  of  any  class  take  credit  for 
that  ?  The  fact  is,  the  Hudson  Bay  Company  was 
a  trading  corporation  which  existed  for  gain,  and 
made  it  at  any  cost.  They  were  no  better  and  no 
worse  than  such  corporations  have  always  been, 
and  are,  in  every  part  of  the  world.  Their  policy 
was  not  benevolence,  but  wealth ;  and  the  moral 
condition  of  the  forts,  and  the  character  of  the 
relationship  between  them  and  the  natives  of  every 
kind,  depended  greatly  on  the  individual  men  in 
charge  of  the  forts,  and  their  influence  for  good  and 
evil.  Visitors  from  a  distance  did  not  see  every- 


HALF-BREED  RACES  43 

thing — only  the  things  that  were  not  objectionable, 
and  such  as  they  might  report  at  home.  To  read, 
for  example,  in  the  report  of  a  lecture  before  the 
Colonial  Institute  in  London,  that  intoxicating 
liquor  was  not  even  kept  for  private  use  in  the 
interior  Hudson  Bay  forts,  for  the  sake  of  example 
to  the  natives,  and  that  a  challenge  might  be  made 
to  the  world  to  show  such  high  principle  in  a  corpo- 
ration, is  simply  preposterous  nonsense.  I  have 
myself  seen,  in  the  Mountain  Fort,  a  curious 
arrangement  for  serving  out  rum  in  trade  with  the 
Blackfeet,  and  near  Edmonton  Fort  is  '  Drunken 
Lake,'  keeping  up  the  tradition  of  Hudson  Bay's 
most  unholy  rites — a  tradition  not  likely  to  be  soon 
extinguished. 

Many  of  the  most  ancient  Indian  customs  are 
still  retained  by  the  half-races,  both  French  and 
English.  Women  prepare  the  food,  and  spread  it 
before  the  men  ;  when  all  is  ready  they  retire,  and 
leave  the  feast  for  the  lords  of  creation,  and  then 
afterwards  eat  what  may  be  left.  At  first  the  visitor 
from  a  distance  is  not  pleased  with  this  custom,  and 
seeks  to  change  it ;  but  he  finds  it  is  of  no  use  to 
interfere,  and  he  soon  quietly  acquiesces. 

The  custom  twenty  years  ago,  even  in  the  houses, 
was  to  spread  the  food  on  the  floor,  and  to  sit  a  la 
Turk— crossed-legged.  Tables  and  chairs  seemed 
unnecessary  encumbrances. 

Moss  bags  were  in  universal  use  for  infants  and 
small  children,  and  the  Egyptian  mummy  dress  was 
exactly  reproduced  in  the  Far  West.  They  also  love 


44    TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

horses,  and  dislike  walking,  except  in  hunting.  Half- 
race  people  will  walk  miles  to  hunt  their  horses  on 
the  prairie,  rather  than  go  a  small  distance  on  foot 
to  church.  To  ride  to  worship  on  Sundays  seems 
to  be  a  matter  of  dignity  with  them,  and  they  attend 
to  appearances.  When  they  are  in  settlements  that 
are  isolated  from  the  outer  world,  they  practise 
the  rites  of  religion.  However,  immigration  soon 
changes  their  customs,  and  they  quickly  learn  the 
ways  of  civilized  white  people.  I  know  among  them 
some  of  the  most  honourable  men;  and  I  have  found 
some  of  them  base  and  unprincipled  beyond  any 
power  of  description.  If  a  half-race  man  is  good, 
he  is  very  good ;  if  he  is  bad,  he  can  be  utterly  de- 
praved. In  any  case,  he  claims  our  pitiful  interest, 
for  if  he  be  not  enrolled  as  an  Indian  to  live  on  a 
reservation,  and  so  to  receive  the  care  of  the  Govern- 
ment and  the  benevolence  of  the  Churches,  he  is 
left  to  fight  his  own  way  into  a  higher  civilization, 
without  settled  habits  to  guide  and  support  him,  or 
the  means  of  fulfilling  the  duties  of  the  independent 
position  after  which  he  aspires.  Hence  he  farms  a 
little,  and  hunts  a  little,  and  freights  a  little,  and 
manages  something  from  day  to  day,  and  is  so  con- 
tinually on  the  borders  of  starvation  that,  when  an 
evil  day  comes,  he  falls  into  helpless  suffering,  to  be 
caught  by  some  disease  which  will  soon  take  him  off. 
Then,  when  a  few  years  are  passed,  men  ask  where 
are  the  half-races  gone  ?  And  how  is  it  they  dis- 
appear ?  Alas !  it  is  as  true  here  as  everywhere — by 
cruelty  and  vice,  or  even  by  the  well-meant  benevo- 


HALF-BREED  RACES  45 

lence  of  '  the  higher  race,'  the  natives  of  new  lands 
are  '  improved  '  off  the  face  of  the  earth.  It  is  a 
sad  and  mysterious  story.  All  new  creations  seem 
to  come  into  being  through  scenes  of  loss  and  pain, 
as  the  human  race  fulfils  its  destiny. 

For  twenty  years  I  have  laboured  for  the  welfare 
of  the  half- races  of  the  Canadian  North- West,  and 
it  would  have  given  me  real  joy  to  predict  for  them 
a  splendid  future.  This  is,  however,  quite  impos- 
sible. In  another  twenty  years  their  name  may  be 
only  a  memory. 

Still,  in  the  racial  life  of  Canada,  and  all  over  the 
continent  of  America,  their  qualities  will  remain, 
and  work  to  form  the  nations  which  will  make  the 
history  of  this  '  New  World.' 


CHAPTER  VIII. 
INDIAN    DIALECTS. 

THOUGH  original  Indian  types  are  not  now 
abundant  in  the  Canadian  North-West,  and 
students  of  ethnology  should  be  careful  as  to  the 
types  of  men  chosen  to  represent  the  true  '  red  man ' 
of  America,  enough  of  them  remain  to  convey  a 
distinct  impression  of  their  origin  and  history.  Cir- 
cumstances have  given  me  fair  opportunities  of 
observing  them. 

In  my  old  Muskoka  mission  I  often  visited  the 
camps  of  Ojibwa  Indians,  and  afterwards  I  saw  a 
little  of  the  Mohawks  near  Rice  Lake,  Ontario. 
Then,  in  my  travels  over  the  Great  Lakes  and  by 
the  Dawson  Route,  I  fell  in  with  Ojibwa,  Iroquois, 
Swampy  Crees,  Plain  Crees,  Wood  Crees,  and 
Blackfoot.  Natives  also  have  come  down  to 
Edmonton  from  Athabasca,  Peace  River,  and 
McKenzie  districts,  with  whom  I  have  lived  in  free 
communication ;  and  on  comparing  their  types, 
customs,  dialects,  as  far  as  I  was  able,  I  cannot  doubt 
the  general  identity  of  these  people  with  one  another, 


INDIAN  DIALECTS  47 

however  mixed  with  the  white  race  they  may  have 
become. 

A  careful  scholar  will  find  the  logical  form  of  the 
dialects  the  same,  in  their  syntax,  in  the  form  of  the 
verbs,  and  in  their  wonderful  conjugations,  which 
have  an  illimitable  power  of  description,  painting  at 
once  to  the  ear,  noun,  adjective,  verb,  adverb,  time, 
place,  and  quality,  even  as  the  artist  Turner  threw 
his  landscape  on  canvas  to  the  eye,  and  as  effectively 
describing  the  thing  that  is  dealt  with.  Even  now, 
after  centuries  have  passed,  there  is  a  clearly  per- 
ceptible connection  between  the  sound  of  words. 
Should  the  student  use  his  comparative  philology  in 
collating  the  dialects,  he  would  see  the  dialects  of 
England  transfused ;  or  he  would  notice  how  the 
German  and  English  become  allied  in  the  transmis- 
sion of  certain  letters  and  their  sounds ;  or  he  would 
recognise  the  laws  of  speech  which  divide,  or  unite, 
on  a  larger  scale,  the  Indo-Germanic  languages. 
Thus  the  d  is  often  exchanged  for  the  t,  the  s  for 
the  sh,  etc. 

The  other  letters,  depending  on  mental  laws  which 
form  sounds  and  arrange  them  into  sentences,  are 
transmitted  and  retransmitted,  until  from  surface 
sound  alone  the  dialects  appear  entirely  different 
languages,  though  they  are  the  same,  or  very  nearly 
related,  in  the  great  groups  of  human  speech.  When 
the  time  comes  for  a  great  philologist — if  it  be  not 
too  late  already — to  collate  the  dialects  of  the 
American  Continent,  he  is  likely  to  see  the  identity 
of  these,  and  to  trace  them  to  their  source,  viz.,  the 


48     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

uplands  of  Asia.  Allowance  must  also  be  made  for 
words  retained  or  omitted — old  forms  and  new  forms 
— as  in  all  dialects  and  languages. 

Missionaries  of  repute  do  not  always  take  this  view 
of  the  Indian  dialects.  Archbishop  Tache  says  : 

'  Each  tribe  talks  a  different  language  from  any 
European  ;  different — with  the  exception  of  Esqui- 
maux, perhaps — from  Asiatic  or  African  idiom  ;  dif- 
ferent even  from  the  language  talked  by  other 
American  tribes.  Each  of  the  races,  even  each  of 
the  tribes  of  Indians  in  the  Northern  department, 
uses  a  distinct  dialect,  as  distinct  the  one  from  the 
other  as  French  is  from  Chinese,  or  English  from 
Hindustani.' 

This  is  a  specimen  of  the  manner  which  is  too 
often  employed  in  these  matters  by  persons  of  posi- 
tion, whose  looseness  of  thought  causes  surprise, 
and  even  astonishment  The  terms  '  languages,' 
'  dialects,'  '  idioms,'  are  all  mixed  up  as  if  they  meant 
the  same  thing. 

Now,  whatever  may  be  the  differences  of  French 
and  Chinese,  or  of  English  and  Hindustani,  they 
are  not  dialects,  but  great  languages,  belonging  to 
types  of  human  speech  that  have  little  in  common 
in  their  formation.  French  is  a  dialect  formed  by 
Indo-Germanic  idioms,  and  Hindustani  and  English 
belong  to  the  same  great  stem  of  languages,  and 
they  are  all  more  or  less  allied.  The  Chinese 
language  is  not  placed  in  this  great  class  by  any 
comparison  at  all.  The  Mongolian  type  of  languages 
holds  together  by  its  similarity  of  arrangement,  mode 


INDIAN  DIALECTS  49 

of  formation,  and  methods  of  expressing  sounds  in 
speech  after  its  own  manner.  It  is  my  belief  that 
learned  research  will  prove  that  the  Indian  dialects 
are  merely  the  dialects  of  Eastern  Asia,  transplanted 
to  the  American  continent,  and  that  the  changes 
have  been  often  less  than  is  generally  supposed,  even 
in  certain  words  which  may  be  traceable  to  Mon- 
golian roots. 

Of  these,  almost  daily  I  come  across  instances 
which  cannot  be  accounted  for  by  accident,  such  as 
the  roots  of  words  signifying  common  things— e.  g., 
water,  river,  fire,  the  names  of  objects  connected 
with  religion,  and  the  names  of  places  that  are 
similar  in  Asia  and  America.  Thus,  the  root  Ne,  or 
Cree  for  water  (Nepe),  forms  the  root  of  words  in 
the  bays  of  Japan.  Sepe,  or  Sebe,  is  the  root  for 
the  name  of  Siberia,  or  the  land  of  rivers.  The 
Calmucs  and  Cossacks  gave  the  designation  to  that 
land  of  flowing  streams,  and  the  Calmucs  and 
Cossacks  and  Red  Indians  have  much  in  common 
in  their  language,  physical  aspects,  customs,  and 
religion.  In  the  Cree  and  in  the  Mongolian  dia- 
lects the  letters  b,  p,  and  d,  and  k,  ch,  and  s,  z, 
are  perpetually  interchanged ;  hence  the  city  of 
Sebastopol,  Sepastibol,  or  Sevastopol,  in  the  Crimea, 
connects  the  far  East  with  the  far  West.  Man- 
churia Maniteau.  Also  the  sameness  of  the  terms 
Manichou,  Maintoo,  Muanedoo,  Manadeo,  and 
Mandu,  in  Asia  and  America,  signifying  the  same 
things,  and  connected  with  the  same  religious  rites, 
cannot  be  overlooked.  Likewise  the  names  of 

4 


So    TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

certain  places  on  the  two  continents  have  a  curious 
similarity,  notwithstanding  the  blunders  that  are 
made  in  describing  them  on  the  maps  that  are  now 
in  use,  viz. : 

Jenissei,    in    Southern   Siberia;    Genisee,   N.Y., 

U.S.A. 

Geniseik,  Siberia  ;  Tennessee,  U.S. 
Moscow,  Russia ;  Muskoka,  Canada. 
Sarces,  Blackfoot  Indians ;  Sarcis,  South  Russia. 
Mississippi,  river  in  U.S.A. ;  a  bay  in  Japan. 
Pe-chille  Bay  in  China ;  Chili  on  the  west  coast  of 

America. 

Kichi  Kulmagur,  Indian  and  Mongolian  for  High 
or  True  Calmucs. 


CHAPTER  IX. 
INDIAN  RELIGION  AND  PARLIAMENT. 

HERE  are  not  existing  now,  among  the  North- 
JL  West  Indians,  traditions  respecting  religion 
that  are  much  worth  attention.  Paganism  remains 
to  some  extent  among  tribes  that  are  nominally 
Christian,  but  its  rites  are  practised  secretly.  When 
hunters  go  on  their  solitary  expeditions,  they  contrive 
to  make  some  offering  to  the  spirit  which  incarnates 
itself  in  the  scenes  about  them,  or  in  the  objects  of 
their  pursuit ;  and  they  try  to  be  on  fair  terms  with 
the  great  evil  spirit  as  a  matter  of  policy ;  for  the 
great  good  spirit  is  good  anyhow,  and  won't  harm 
anyone,  while  there  is  no  accounting  for  Matchi- 
Manitou,  who  might  be  spiteful,  and  cause  trouble 
and  loss. 

Here  we  have  the  remains  of  the  old  Shamaism  of 
Asia,  before  Buddhism  became  mixed  up  with  it  or 
supplanted  it.  The  ancient  religion  was  clearly  the 
ideal  pantheism  of  the  East,  where  all  nature  was 
poetized,  and  filled  with  a  living,  quickening,  and 
ever-present  spirit,  representing  the  mental  state  of 

4—2 


52     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

the  worshipper.  Was  he  intelligent  and  pure- 
minded,  then  the  conception  and  worship  of  the 
Great  Spirit  would  be  elevated,  and  orderly,  and 
sustained  by  suitable  rites.  Was  he  passionate  and 
of  sensual  life,  he  would  cringe  and  bow  to  the  evil 
spirit,  and  in  worshipping  become  more  debased 
through  his  superstition.  The  same  things  occur 
everywhere :  in  ancient  India  and  Babylon,  in 
Western  Europe  and  America.  Man,  in  forming 
his  own  religion,  sees  himself  represented,  and 
worships  his  own  creations,  which  ever  tend  to  be- 
come more  and  more  like  himself.  It  has  been  left 
to  modern  times  and  our  advanced  century  to  formu- 
late this  worship  into  a  creed,  a  rite,  and  a  religion, 
and  to  designate  it,  in  pompous  style,  the  worship 
or  religion  of  humanity. 

As  yet  no  ruins  of  temples  have  been  found  in  all 
this  great  region,  nor  is  there  any  tradition  of  such 
buildings  among  any  of  the  tribes  that  are  now  exist- 
ing. The  medicine-man  of  the  conjuring  type  is  all 
that  is  left  of  past  times.  This  is  what  might  have 
been  expected  from  the  circumstances  of  the  people, 
if  they  came  in  isolated  bands  over  Behring's 
Straits.  Such  expeditions  were  likely  to  be  self- 
contained,  whether  they  were  voluntary  or  involun- 
tary. The  name  Calmucs  signifies  a  homeless 
people,  wanderers,  dwellers  in  tents,  or  roamers. 
Therefore  they  would  not  build  towns  or  temples, 
even  if  the  climate  encouraged  them.  Agriculture 
is  necessary  before  these  things  can  be  done.  Towns 
depend  upon  agriculture,  and  temples  follow  estab- 


INDIAN  RELIGION  AND  PARLIAMENT          53 

lished  rites  of  religion  and  an  organized  priesthood. 
Hence  we  need  not  be  surprised  to  find  everywhere, 
on  the  northern  parts  of  the  continent,  only  bury- 
ing-places,  and  places  for  defence  and  war.  As 
tribes  grew,  and  pressed  on  one  another,  conflict 
would  be  inevitable,  and  thus  the  wandering  life 
would  be  perpetuated. 

On  our  North-West  plains  there  are  still  to  be 
traced  three  types  of  the  Mongolian  race :  the  dis- 
tinctly Tartar  or  Calmuc,  comprising  the  Toou- 
Gooses,  or  Cossack  type ;  next  the  Chinese  type ; 
and  then  the  Japanese  type.  We  have  already 
mentioned  the  first,  which  on  all  sides  forced  itself 
on  our  attention.  The  second  came  almost  as  a 
surprise.  In  our  second  autumn  here,  the  Indians 
met  at  Victoria,  seventy  miles  north  of  Edmonton, 
and,  to  make  the  acquaintance  of  the  whole  band,  I 
determined  to  be  present  when  they  received  their 
treaty  payments  from  the  Canadian  Government. 
Sitting  in  my  buckboard  to  survey  the  scene  more 
conveniently,  and  forgetting  myself  for  the  moment, 
I  exclaimed  to  a  friend :  '  Did  you  see  that  China- 
man who  has  just  passed  ?'  He  lifted  his  finger, 
asking  silence — for  an  Indian  does  not  like  to  be 
observed  ;  but,  sure  enough,  there  he  was  :  the  eyes, 
face,  tawny  skin,  and  braided  hair  hanging  down  his 
back,  instead  of  pigtail — all  proclaimed  the  China- 
man. Further  observation  confirmed  the  presence 
of  this  type  among  the  Crees  of  the  North-West. 

The  Japanese  type  is  found  more  frequently  in 
the  mountains,  and  up  the  Peace  River  Country* 


54     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

though  it  is  represented  here.  A  family  near  me, 
who  spoke  Cree,  out  of  charity  took  into  their  home 
an  Indian  child.  She  grew  up,  and  I  married  her 
to  a  half-race  man.  She  was  a  perfect  Jap  in  height, 
with  the  characteristic  dark  tawny  skin,  oblique  dark 
eyes,  and  Japanese  nose  and  forehead.  Her  appear- 
ance was  bright  and  intelligent,  as  if  she  had  just 
come  from  Yokohama.  ^ HHer  brother  was  a  Japanese 
student  in  University  College,  London.  Corean 
faces  as  they  are  represented  in  pictures  might  well 
pass  for  Indian  faces.  There  is  little  difference. 
The  hammocks  swung  in  a  Siberian  house,  as 
cradles  for  children,  are  in  no  way  different  from 
those  in  Indian  tents.  Hudson  Bay  stockades  and 
buildings  are  quite  Siberian,  and  the  Turkish  bath 
may  be  seen  any  day  in  use  on  our  prairies. 

Undoubtedly  there  has  been  a  great  mingling  of 
races  in  all  parts  of  this  great  continent  of  America, 
although  the  type  is  mainly  Mongolian  from  the 
North  Pole  to  Patagonia.  To  one  who  has  travelled, 
the  difficulties  of  dispersion  are  not  felt  to  be  so  very 
great.  In  all  probability  the  Mongolian,  under  various 
designations,  in  ancient  times  wandered  everywhere. 
From  the  uplands  of  Asia  he  filled  China,  and 
pressed  into  India,  ancient  Persia,  Egypt,  and  Rome, 
both  old  and  new.  Probably  the  saying,  '  Scratch 
a  Russian,  and  you  find  the  Tartar,'  is  true  ethno- 
logical science. 

The  Mongolian  could  have  got  to  America  from 
the  North-East  or  by  Behring  Sea.  The  Pacific 
Gulf  stream  could  have  borne  him  from  Japan,  or 


INDIAN  RELIGION  AND.  PARLIAMENT          55 

from  the  coasts  of  China  ;  or,  for  that  matter,  mixed 
with  the  Malay  element  in  the  course  of  centuries, 
the  isles  of  the  Pacific  might  have  been  his  highway. 
The  Mongolian  race  had  the  compass  ;  they  were 
expert  in  boat-building;  they  understood  astronomy; 
and  as  we  become  more  fully  acquainted  with  their 
arts,  it  is  seen  that  in  many  ways  they  were  a  wise 
people.  Great  things  were  done  in  olden  times  by 
simple  means  which  we  think  to  have  been  impos- 
sible under  then  existing  conditions.  If  men  could 
build  as  they  then  did,  and  collect  and  polish  precious 
stones,  and  design  ornaments,  such  as  modern  skill 
cannot  surpass  or  even  equal,  it  is  not  unreason- 
able to  expect  that  they  were  also  acquainted  with 
the  earth  and  the  sea. 

Suppose  we  had  consulted  the  Arabs  who  travelled 
up  the  Nile,  and  traded  among  the  people  of  the 
great  lakes  of  Africa,  would  Europe  have  been  so 
long  ignorant  of  those  regions  ?  And  if  China 
claims  to  have  sent  her  colonies  to  America  in  the 
fifth,  or  even  in  preceding  centuries,  and  to  have 
called  the  continent  Fusang,  why  should  we  consider 
the  claim  impossible  or  improbable  ?  The  Chinese 
profess  to  have  a  history  of  those  events.  Japan  has 
ancient  maps  on  which  a  part  of  America  is  certainly 
delineated ;  and  the  Phoenicians,  the  ancient  mariners, 
have  left  their  impress  on  every  isle  and  continent 
beneath  the  skies.  When  the  temples  and  tombs  of 
Central  America  are  carefully  explored  by  scientific 
men  who  are  students  of  the  arts,  science,  and 
religion  of  the  ancient  nations,  the  unity  of  the  race 


56    TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

of  man  is  likely  to  become  apparent,  and  disclosures 
will  be  made  which  will  be  of  surpassing  interest  to 
those  who  are  students  of  the  earlier  ages. 

Tyre  and  Carthage  and  the  Druids  might  well 
have  planted  Mexico,  China,  Chili,  Sumatra,  and 
Peru.  The  Siberians  could  have  established 
Shamaism  and  Buddhism,  by  organized  emigrations 
on  the  west  coast  of  America.  West  of  Selenginst 
is  the  seat  of  Kahma  Lama,  the  rival  of  the  Tibe- 
tan' Lama,  the  old  seat  of  mixed  Shamaism  and 
Buddhism — the  typical  religion  of  ancient  America. 

Emigrants  from  parts  of  Austria  and  the  Crimea, 
and  people  from  the  Scotch  Highlands  who  are 
familiar  with  the  Gaelic,  often  remark  on  the  simi- 
larity of  the  sound  of  Cree  to  their  own  languages  ; 
and  it  certainly  has  an  affinity  with  Turkish  and 
Hungarian  ;  many  of  its  root  words  are  European, 
while  the  verb  forms  are  a  good  deal  like  the 
Hebrew.  Certain  people  look  to  America  for  the 
lost  tribes  of  Israel ;  it  is  not  impossible  that  some 
Jews  may  have  found  their  way  to  it  in  the  time 
of  their  world-wide  dispersion,  although  there  is  no 
evidence  of  their  presence.  The  religious  rites  and 
customs,  especially  of  circumcision  and  blood  feud, 
first-offerings  and  yearly  festivals,  were  not  peculiar 
to  the  Hebrews ;  they  were  customs  very  common 
in  the  East,  especially  in  the  first  periods  of  human 
history,  and  were  well  known  to,  and  practised 
by,  the  inhabitants  of  Mid-Asia.  Likewise  the 
tradition  respecting  a  migration  of  Welshmen  to 
America  may  have  truth  in  it,  especially  if  they  took 


INDIAN  RELIGION  AND  PARLIAMENT          57 

their  Druids  with  them,  when  the  Romans  were 
hunting  them  out  of  existence  in  Great  Britain. 
They,  with  the  Phoenician  Baal-worshippers — who 
were  of  the  same  priesthood — might  have  built  the 
temples  and  cities  of  Yucatan.  The  Welsh  words 
in  Indian  dialects  may,  however,  take  us  far  back  in 
the  history  of  ancient  languages. 

Among  Indian  customs  which  are  still  retained, 
although  robbed  of  much  of  the  ancient  glory,  is  the 
council  Teppe,  where  the  chief  men  assemble,  and 
confer  on  matters  of  importance  to  their  people. 
The  Indian  who  is  notified  quietly  attends  his 
parliament,  and  seats  himself  in  silence.  The  chief 
takes  his  position  at  the  head  of  the  assembly,  which 
is  arranged  'in  a  circle,  as  if  they  were  a  band  of 
brothers.  The  speaker  and  medicine-man  are  on 
his  right  hand.  The  pipe  of  peace  is  gravely  filled 
and  lighted,  and  the  chief  passes  it  round,  while  all 
is  still  in  silence.  This  rite  over,  without  hurry  or 
compromise  of  dignity,  the  speaker  rises,  and 
narrates  his  description  of  the  matter  in  hand,  the 
chiefs  and  his  own  view  of  it ;  for  in  this  theocracy 
king  and  priest  agree  before  matters  are  formally  de- 
bated in  council.  Should  the  matter  set  forth  be  of 
much  interest,  exclamations  of  agreement  are  heard  ; 
if  the  council  be  not  all  of  one  mind,  it  is  silent 
until  another  brave  arises,  and  carefully  unfolds  his 
view,  approaching  the  subject  with  delicacy,  and 
presenting  it  in  another  aspect,  without  any  asperity, 
or  rudeness,  or  gross  personalities. 

When  all  have  spoken,  or  signified  their  assent  by 


58     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

'  Aha  !  aha  !'  the  assembly  disperses  as  quietly  as  it 
came  together ;  no  formal  vote  is  required,  only  the 
chief  keeps  a  hieroglyphical  record,  if  it  may  seem 
necessary.  Changes  are  not  hastily  made,  and  only 
when  the  agreement  is  general  is  any  action  taken. 
If  any  differ  from  the  general  sentiment  or  opinion, 
there  is  no  brawling ;  they  quietly  retire,  and  leave 
all  action  to  those  immediately  concerned,  or  even 
drop  off  from  the  band  and  form  relationships  with 
another  band  of  Indians.  Indians  have  not  as  yet 
become  civilized  enough  to  enact  the  scenes  which 
we  sometimes  read  of  in  the  big  pow-wows  of 
America  and  Europe. 

Should  any  English  Radical  wish  to  study  the 
elements  of  the  Russian  Mir,  by  way  of  introducing 
it  into  the  social  life  of  England,  he  may  see  it  here 
in  its  different  degrees  of  '  evolution.'  The  land  is 
held  in  common  by  the  tribe.  At  first  they  hunted 
on  it  in  common ;  then,  when  they  used  any  part  of 
it  for  cultivation,  the  tribe  owned  the  cultivated 
land  ;  cultivation  gave  no  individual  right  of  posses- 
sion ;  what  was  grown  was  usually  shared  among 
members  of  the  tribe,  as  they  often  worked  together 
or  in  bands.  When  cultivation  increased,  each 
person  would  take  the  piece  of  ground  allotted  to 
him  by  the  Indian  council,  and  gradually  the  sense 
of  right  grew  up,  and  every  man  who  worked  on 
land,  and  fenced  it  and  improved  it,  was  regarded 
as  having  a  certain  claim  on  it,  which  did  not  belong 
to  others  who  preferred  fishing,  hunting,  or  conjuring; 
yet  the  tribe  as  a  tribe  were  still  masters  of  the 


INDIAN  RELIGION  AND  PARLIAMENT          59 

whole,  and  the  land  could  not  be  sold  to,  or  used  by, 
strangers  without  the  solemn  consent  of  the  whole 
community.  Were  there  a  higher  authority,  as  in 
Russia  or  the  United  States,  the  tribe  as  a  whole 
would  be  responsible  for  its  members,  and  the  tribes 
would  have  in  fact  double  laws  and  customs — those 
which  existed  in  the  tribe  and  bound  the  members 
together,  and  the  laws  that  were  enforced  on  them 
from  without.  These  double  laws  and  customs 
have,  in  America,  been  the  cause  of  much  mis- 
understanding and  disputing,  and  often  also  the 
excuse  for  much  cruelty  and  injustice,  and  the 
occasion  of  a  bitter  sense  of  wrong  on  the  part  of 
the  Indian  race.  The  East  and  West  have  met 
face  to  face,  and  the  white  man  had  no  reverence  or 
sympathy  for  what  he  saw  ;  conflict  was  inevitable, 
and  the  conquest  of  the  red  man  was  certain.  Still, 
the  idea  of  the  sacredness  of  close  human  relation- 
ship which  the  Indian  had,  certainly  as  a  sentiment, 
was  true  to  human  nature  as  a  whole ;  and  the  rest- 
lessness which  is  evident  to-day  among  civilized 
people  is  caused  by  the  absence  of  this  sense,  in  their 
institutions,  of  the  unity  of  tribes  and  nations,  and 
the  brotherhood  of  men  in  the  same  circumstances. 
'  Advanced '  statesmanship  can  now  show  its  superior 
wisdom,  by  introducing  laws  and  customs  that  will 
cover  the  whole  life  of  a  nation,  as  the  Indian  laws 
and  customs  united  a  tribe.  But  Europe  cannot 
adopt  the  Russian  Mir  system  ;  the  Indians  them- 
selves grow  out  of  it  as  their  social  life  advances. 
The  Christian  Mir  is  the  true  ideal  for  the  happi- 


60    TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

ness  and  perfection  of  national  life  ;  it  is  brother- 
hood in  Christ,  and  the  rule  that  all  men  should  be 
members  one  of  another. 

In  connection  with  this  question — of  the  close 
connection  of  Asia  and  America — it  may  not  be 
generally  known  that  beyond  the  memory  of  man 
the  people  of  Siberia  and  North-West  America  have 
traded  together  and  been  in  free  communication. 
The  island  Imaklitt,  one  of  the  group  of  the  Diomede, 
was  the  centre  of  this  trade,  and  thus  Russia  be- 
came the  possessor  of  the  great  Alaska  region, 
which  was  afterwards  transferred  to  the  United 
States. 


CHAPTER  X. 
BUILDING  THE  FIRST  CHURCH. 

WE  now  resume  the  narrative  of  other  events 
in  our  history.  Our  friend,  the  Chief 
Factor,  was  retiring  from  the  Hudson  Bay  service, 
after  many  years  of  exile  in  these  solitudes.  He 
was  not,  as  he  told  me,  in  sympathy  with  the  pro- 
minent rulers  of  the  company  who  were  just  then  in 
power  at  Fort  Garry,  and  he  therefore  sought  retire- 
ment. Knowing  the  utter  lawlessness  of  the  country, 
and  the  general  condition  of  affairs,  he  urged  me 
to  return  with  him,  at  least  as  far  as  Manitoba, 
until  more  settled  times  came  and  more  favourable 
circumstances  arose.  This,  however,  could  not  be, 
and,  bidding  me  farewell,  he  said  with  tears  in  his 
eyes : 

'  I  do  not  like  the  idea  of  leaving  you  alone  up 
here ;  it  is  not  safe  as  things  are.' 

From  the  banks  of  the  river  I  saw  the  boats  which 
conveyed  him  and  his  luggage  float  down  the  stream 
with  much  regret,  and  I  realized  how  lonely  and 
utterly  unprotected  I  was  among  strangers  who 


62     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

were  not  in  much  sympathy  with  my  work,  or  with 
the  Church  which  I  served.  On  arriving  at  Fort 
Garry,  my  friend  found  his  wife  in  distress  from  the 
roughness  of  the  persons  who  were  then  in  power, 
and  who  had  refused  house  accommodation  to  the 
Chief  Factor's  family  until  his  arrival  there.  A  be- 
loved child  had  died,  as  he  conceived,  through  causes 
connected  with  this  harsh  treatment.  Surely  this 
was  not  an  ideal  retirement  after  thirty-five  years  of 
solitary  life,  and  often  of  separation  from  his  family, 
to  whom  he  was  greatly  attached.  The  Chief  Factor 
was  a  man  of  noble  presence,  who  wore  the  title 
*  Honourable,'  as  a  gentleman  should.  His  life  was 
clouded  by  the  dishonesty  of  a  Canadian  lawyer  and 
M.P.  This  relative,  and  supposed  friend,  dissipated 
the  earnings  of  his  many  solitary  years. 

During  the  years  1876  and  1877  a  small  church 
became  absolutely  necessary  near  the  fort  at 
Edmonton.  We  had  held  services  in  whatever 
houses  could  be  obtained ;  but  sometimes  the  people 
were  away  on  the  plains  freighting,  or  there  would 
be  sickness  in  the  family,  and  the  rooms  could  not 
be  used  for  Sunday  gatherings.  But  how  were  we 
to  build,  and  where  was  the  money  to  come  from 
for  building  ?  Ours  was  not  an  Indian  mission,  but 
a  mission  to  settlers,  and  our  people  were  very  poor, 
and  there  was  absolutely  no  money  current  in  the 
country ;  everything  was  done  by  barter,  or  in  trade, 
as  it  was  called.  The  only  standard  of  value  was 
skins — mostly  beaver-skins — and  it  became  a  pro- 
blem how  to  manage  the  finances  of  church-building 


BUILDING  THE  FIRST  CHURCH  63 

when  there  were  no  finances,  and  no  skins  to  barter 
for  labour,  or  the  means  of  labour.  And  where  were 
the  materials  for  buildings  to  be  obtained  ?  or  how 
was  even  the  ground  to  be  secured  on  which  a  build- 
ing could  be  safely  erected?  The  question  as  to 
who  owned  any  land  was  a  difficult  one  in  those 
days.  The  Hudson  Bay  Company  were  relinquishing 
their  rights — real  and  supposed — to  the  General 
Government  of  Canada.  That  Government  was 
far  off,  and  did  not  seem  to  know  that  it  had  any 
responsibilities,  or  that  people  situated  as  we  were 
could  possibly  suffer  any  inconveniences.  Surveys 
were  not  made  for  several  years,  and  no  one  knew 
where  his  homestead  was,  or  what  land  would  be 
allowed  him  when  the  surveys  were  made. 

First  we  applied  to  a  Hudson  Bay  officer,  who 
claimed  lots,  to  give  or  to  sell  us  a  site  for  a  church 
and  burial-ground,  but  we  were  refused  ;  then  we 
sent  our  request  to  the  gentleman  who  is  now 
Sir  Donald  Smith,  who  replied  most  courteously 
that  the  company  were  then  in  treaty  with  the 
Government  of  Canada  for  the  transfer  of  all  their 
lands  in  the  North-West,  and  that  it  was  not  in 
his  power  to  grant  any  land  for  public  purposes. 
However,  a  settler,  a  mile  from  Fort  Edmonton, 
very  kindly  allowed  us  from  his  claim  five  acres,  for 
which  I  gave  him  five  dollars,  as  the  only  way  of 
defining  the  bargain,  and  securing  the  rights  of  both 
parties  (these  five  acres  afterwards  became  nine, 
when  the  surveys  took  place).  I  made  an  endeavour 
also  to  secure  a  lot  of  a  hundred  and  sixty  acres  for 


64     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

Church  property,  but  there  were  none  at  the  time 
available  for  our  purpose.  The  ground  being  secured, 
the  next  thing  was  to  obtain  building  materials. 

In  the  winter  of  1876  the  Bishop  of  the  diocese 
for  the  first  time  visited  the  Edmonton  district,  and 
encouraged  the  idea  of  church  -  building.  A  com- 
mittee of  local  men  was  consequently  formed.  The 
Bishop  went  away,  but  before  he  was  out  of  sight, 
and  even  while  the  jingling  of  the  dog-bells  could 
be  heard,  the  supposed  chairman  turned  to  me  and 
exclaimed  : 

*  Don't  you  suppose  that  I  am  going  to  act  as 
chairman  to  a  committee  to  build  a  church  in  such 
a  country  as  this,  and  without  means  that  can  be 
depended  upon.  Who  is  to  pay  for  it  ?' 

I  pleaded  with  him  that  he  ought  to  have  told  the 
Bishop  that,  and  that  his  refusal  to  act  now  was  not 
fair  either  to  the  Bishop  or  to  me.  However,  the 
committee  met  once,  and  decided  on  the  size  of  the 
building,  and  that  it  was  to  be  of  lumber.  Months 
passed,  and  nothing  more  was  done.  Every  now 
and  then  I  saw  reports  in  the  newspapers  of  the 
influential  committee  which  had  been  organized  for 
church  -  building  purposes  at  Fort  Edmonton,  and 
the  reports  sounded  very  grandly,  so  that  I  had  to 
shield  my  eyes  that  I  might  not  be  mentally  blinded 
by  the  glitter.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  whole  com- 
mittee subscribed  about  thirty  dollars  towards  the 
two  thousand  dollars  which  the  little  church  cost. 
The  business  was  abandoned  as,  under  the  circum- 
stances, impracticable ;  and  there  being  no  regular 


BUILDING  THE  FIRST  CHURCH  65 

postal  communications  with  my  Bishop,  I  gave 
orders  to  have  the  frame  erected  for  the  sum  of 
two  hundred  and  fifty  dollars ;  the  man  allowed  ten 
dollars  discount,  and  I  myself  paid  two  hundred  and 
forty  dollars,  as  a  first  personal  subscription,  hoping 
thereby  to  stir  up  the  public  generosity.  Again  the 
building  was  at  a  standstill,  until  the  Church  autho- 
rities sent  the  sum  of  five  hundred  dollars.  Then, 
under  the  direction  of  the  chief  trader,  men  were 
provisioned  and  sent  into  the  woods  to  cut  lumber  ; 
and  as  flour  was  twenty-five  dollars,  or  five  pounds 
sterling,  per  hundredweight ;  sugar  fifty  cents,  or 
two  shillings,  a  pound ;  and  nails  fifty  cents  per 
pound,  the  five  hundred  dollars  were  soon  spent. 
The  shell  of  the  church  was  nearly  completed,  the 
inner  roof  was  bare,  and  there  was  no  chancel  end. 
The  wages  of  the  only  man  who  would  undertake 
the  work  ran  up  frightfully.  Just  then  a  Govern- 
ment saw-mill  was  being  closed  sixty  miles  above 
the  fort.  I  bought  a  part  of  their  lumber,  enough  to 
complete  the  building,  and  again  this  was  my  own 
personal  subscription.  By  the  earnest  appeals  of 
the  Bishop  of  Saskatchewan,  the  Society  for  Pro- 
moting Christian  Knowledge  sent  another  sum  of 
five  hundred  dollars,  which  the  Bishop  paid  directly 
to  the  chief  trader,  and  without  any  handling  of 
mine.  At  the  Bishop's  request  I  afterwards  handed 
to  him,  as  the  trustee  of  the  diocese,  the  whole 
business.  I  was  glad  enough  to  be  rid  of  the  worry 
of  debt,  and  of  the  hindrance  which  it  had  become 
to  me  in  my  work. 

5 


66     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

These  matters  require  to  be  stated  if  the  circum- 
stances of  a  pioneer  colonial  missionary  are  to  be 
correctly  narrated,  or  his  work  is  to  be  understood 
by  persons  at  a  distance.  I  have  not  pictured  the 
weary  nights  I  spent  in  writing  letters  of  appeal  for 
subscriptions  to  the  leading  people  of  the  North- 
West,  with  very  little  result ;  nor  can  I  describe 
the  sacrifice  of  common  comforts,  and  even  of  the 
necessaries  of  life,  which  had  to  be  made  while  these 
burdens  lasted.  I  had  faith  and  hope  enough  to 
bear  them  once ;  if  I  were  called  upon  to  pass 
through  the  discipline  a  second  time,  I  am  afraid  I 
should  lack  the  courage  to  make  the  attempt  in 
similar  circumstances. 

When  any  human  work  has  to  be  done,  in  the 
Church  or  out  of  it,  the  first  thing  necessary  is  to 
comprehend  the  circumstances,  and  then  to  adapt 
the  means  that  are  suitable  in  order  to  secure  the 
end  that  is  in  view.  In  most  parts  of  the  world, 
that  are  in  similar  circumstances  to  Edmonton,  a 
mission  would  be  first  directed  to  the  needs  of  the 
natives,  and  then  it  would  be  purely  a  benevolent 
enterprise.  Such  a  mission  is  usually  well  sup- 
ported ;  a  house  is  erected  for  the  missionary  and 
his  assistants,  and  funds  are  sent  for  church-build- 
ing ;  goods  are  supplied  to  him  at  the  current  rates, 
and  his  way  is  cleared  from  embarrassments.  After- 
wards settlements  grow  up  around  the  mission,  and 
after  a  varying  number  of  years  it  will  develop 
into  a  self-sustaining  mission.  But  if  the  Church 
authorities  begin  missions  to  settlers  before  the  time 


BUILDING  THE  FIRST  CHURCH  67 

for  so  doing  is  fairly  ripe,  and  then  try  to  throw  upon 
them  the  difficulties  of  self-support,  the  attempt  is 
sure  to  fail,  and  clergyman  after  clergyman  will  have 
to  retire  discouraged,  perhaps  with  damaged  reputa- 
tions for  zeal  and  energy,  because  they  cannot  do 
what  is  impossible  under  the  circumstances,  and 
what  wisdom  and  good  statesmanship  would  not 
have  asked  them  to  attempt. 

At  Edmonton,  in  1875,  the  sparse  population 
consisted  of  a  few  Hudson  Bay  employes,  changing 
mounted  police,  roaming  miners,  and  people  who 
spoke  the  Cree  language,  and  were  half  their  time 
freighting  on  the  plains.  Real  settlers  only  arrived 
years  afterwards.  Changes  came,  and  then  these 
matters  fell  into  other  hands.  This  church  was 
subsequently  sold  by  auction  for  fifty  dollars,  and 
used  for  a  stable.  It  ought  to  have  remained  where 
it  was  built,  and  the  ground  around  the  church 
would  have  made  an  excellent  Church  of  England 
cemetery. 


5—2 


CHAPTER  XL 
THE  FIRST  BISHOP  OF  SASKATCHEWAN. 

IN  memory  of  those  early  years  of  my  work  at 
Edmonton,  I  wish  to  make  a  kindly  record  of 
several  persons  whom  I  then  knew,  who  are  now 
dead.  The  first  is  Colonel  James  Stewart,  who  was 
formerly  well  known  in  Manitoba.  His  decease 
took  place  at  the  Hermitage.  He  was  originally  a 
native  of  Quebec,  and  his  father  was  a  judge  there. 
In  early  life  he  entered  the  Hudson  Bay  service,  and 
travelled  over  the  most  northern  districts.  He  also 
joined  the  search  expedition  under  Dr.  Rae  to  dis- 
cover relics  of  Sir  J.  Franklin.  He  was  a  brave  and 
kindly  man,  and  the  true  friend  of  every  one. 

Also  I  remember,  very  tenderly,  William  Lenny,  the 
blacksmith,  a  man  of  just  mind  and  of  a  beautiful 
spirit,  who  was  once  my  churchwarden.  He  made, 
and  presented  to  the  church,  our  first  stove,  with 
the  necessary  pipes,  and  placed  them  in  position — a 
gift  of  love  which  I  valued  highly.  He  was  born 
in  the  Orkney  Isles,  and  I  buried  his  body  at 
Edmonton.  But  the  most  notable  person  I  knew 
in  my  work  was  the  Right  Reverend  John  McLean, 


.DR.   MCLEAN,   FIRST   BISHOP   OF  SASKATCHEWAN. 


70     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

the  first  Bishop  of  Saskatchewan.  Of  this  noble 
and  energetic  Bishop,  a  well-informed  correspondent 
writes  as  follows : 

'  When  the  history  of  the  Church  of  England  in 
Canada  is  written,  it  will  have  many  a  noble  life  to 
record,  many  a  deed  of  devotion,  and  many  a  life- 
long self-sacrifice,  worthy  of  Apostolic  times.  It  is 
impossible  to  over-estimate  the  permanent  influence 
of  those  who  lay  the  foundation  of  Church  work  in 
the  various  dependencies  of  the  Colonial  Empire,  or 
British  Colonies.  In  the  natural  course  of  events 
the  men  themselves  pass  away,  but  "  their  works 
do  follow  them."  The  history  of  the  Church  in 
Saskatchewan  will  ever  be  associated  with  the  name 
of  Dr.  John  McLean,  first  Bishop  of  Saskatchewan, 
who  was  born  at  Portsoy,  Scotland,  November  17, 
1828.  He  graduated  at  the  University  of  King's 
College,  Aberdeen ;  was  ordained  deacon  August  i, 
1858 ;  priest,  December  15,  1858,  by  Dr.  Cronyn, 
first  Bishop  of  Huron.  He  became  Archdeacon  of 
Assiniboia,  1866  ;  was  consecrated  Bishop  of  Sas- 
katchewan, May  3,  1874;  and  died  November  7,  1886. 

'  Several  eventful  years  have  now  rolled  by  since 
Bishop  McLean  passed  to  his  well-earned  rest — a 
man  of  noble  devotion,  ceaseless  energy,  and  un- 
tiring perseverance.  It  may  perhaps  be  difficult  to 
find  a  Bishop  so  fitted  in  every  way  to  guide  and 
build  up  the  work  of  a  Church,  amid  the  ever- 
changing  scenes  and  peculiar  requirements  of 
Western  life  ;  a  man  of  boundless  enthusiasm,  full 
of  hope  for  the  future,  well  expressing  the  genius  of 


THE  FIRST  BISHOP  OF  SASKATCHEWAN       71 

the  "  Western  pioneer's  faith  "  in  the  land  of  "  illimit- 
able possibilities." ' 

'  At  an  early  period  in  the  history  of  North-West 
Canada,  the  foundation  and  corner-stone  of  mis- 
sionary work  was  laid  in  the  Red  River  Settlement. 
On  St.  John  the  Baptist's  Day,  June  24,  1865,  Dr. 
Machray  was  consecrated  as  the  second  Bishop  of 
Rupert's  Land,  the  consecrators  being  Archbishop 
Longley,  of  Canterbury  ;  Bishop  Tait,  of  London  ; 
Bishop  Harold  Browne,  of  Ely ;  Bishop  Suther,  of 
Aberdeen;  and  Bishop  Anderson,  the  first  Bishop 
of  Rupert's  Land.  The  diocese  of  Rupert's  Land 
then  contained  some  two  millions  of  square  miles. 
Beginning  at  the  height  near  Port  Arthur,  it  ex- 
tended westward  to  the  snow-capped  summits  of 
the  Rocky  Mountains,  southward  to  the  boundary 
line  which  divides  the  United  States  from  Canada, 
and  northward  without  any  defined  limit.  When 
the  Bishop  of  Rupert's  Land  reached  the  Red  River 
Settlement,  after  taking  a  survey  of  his  work,  he 
determined  to  resuscitate  the  college  begun  by  his 
predecessor,  and  to  establish  a  strong  centre  of 
educational  influence  in  connection  with  the  church. 
He  offered  the  wardenship  of  his  new  college  and 
the  archdeaconry  of  Assiniboia  to  his  class-mate 
and  college  companion,  the  Rev.  John  McLean,  M.A., 
who  was  at  that  time  connected  with  St.  Paul's 
Cathedral,  London,  Ontario,  Canada  West.  The 
Bishop  of  Rupert's  Land,  now  Primate  of  Canada, 
in  his  charge  to  the  Synod  in  1887,  thus  speaks  of 
his  friend  : 


72     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

'  "  There  is  to  myself  personally,  and  I  am  sure  to 
the  members  of  former  Synods,  one  great  blank  on 
this  occasion.  We  miss  the  late  able  and  energetic 
Bishop  of  Saskatchewan.  The  friend  of  my  youth, 
whom  I  brought  here  to  stand  by  my  side,  and  with 
whom  I  shared  the  cares  of  the  early  years  of  my 
episcopate,  he  is  naturally  sorely  missed  by  myself. 
For  his  own  diocese  his  labours  were  abundant. 
The  completed  endowment  of  his  see  will  ever 
remain  an  enduring  monument  of  his  worth.  But 
such  were  his  great  and  varied  gifts,  his  readiness 
of  utterance,  and  his  unceasing  devotion,  that  his 
death  is  a  great  loss  to  our  province." 

'  The  Rev.  Mr.  Wigram,  the  hon.  secretary  of  the 
great  Church  Missionary  Society,  spoke  thus  of  him 
in  his  sermon  before  the  Synod : 

'  "  When  I  left  home  last  October,  I  looked  forward 
with  keen  pleasure  to  being  welcomed  in  Saskatche- 
wan by  Bishop  McLean,  that  man  of  force  and 
actibn  who  energized  others  by  his  own  vigour,  and 
knew  difficulties  simply  as  things  to  be  overcome." 

'  A  year  or  two  passed  quietly  away  in  college 
work,  and  in  the  organization  of  the  first  parish  in 
the  embryo  city  of  Winnipeg,  Holy  Trinity,  of 
which  the  Archdeacon  was  Rector. 

'  It  was  in  the  last  days  of  Hudson  Bay  rule,  and 
political  and  stirring  changes  were  at  hand  ;  the 
North-West  territories  were  transferred  to  Canada, 
but  Canadian  rule  was  not  established  without 
bloodshed  and  difficulty.  Archdeacon  McLean  was 
faithful  at  his  post  during  these  days  of  trouble  and 


THE  FIRST  BISHOP  OF  SASKATCHEWAN       73 

political  unrest ;  we  find  him  beside  the  prisoner, 
and  those  who  were  condemned  to  death. 

'  Gunn's  History  states  : 

'  "  As  soon  as  Major  Boulton  was  safe  within  the 
walls  of  Fort  Garry,  he  was  placed  in  irons,  a  court- 
martial  was  held,  he  was  found  guilty  of  treason 
against  the  Provisional  Government,  and  sentenced 
to  be  shot  at  noon  the  next  day ;  but  at  the  inter- 
cession of  the  Lord  Bishop  of  Rupert's  Land, 
Archdeacon  McLean,  and,  in  short,  of  every 
influential  man  among  the  English,  and  I  have 
been  told  also  at  the  earnest  -entreaty  of  the  Catholic 
clergy,  the  execution  was  delayed  till  midnight  of 
Saturday,  the  igth.  Kiel,  apparently,  kept  his  deter- 
mination to  have  Major  Boulton  shot  up  to  ten 
o'clock  on  Saturday  night,  two  hours  before  the 
execution  was  to  have  taken  place,  and  Archdeacon 
McLean  had  spent  nearly  twenty-four  hours  with 
Major  Boulton,  administered  the  Sacrament  to  him, 
and  prepared  him  to  meet  his  fate.  At  length  Riel 
yielded  to  the  entreaties  of  Mr.  Smith  (now  Sir 
Donald  Smith),  and  agreed  to  spare  Boulton's  life, 
He  immediately  proceeded  to  the  prison,  and 
intimated  to  Archdeacon  McLean  that  he,  Riel,  had 
been  induced  to  spare  Major  Boulton's  life,  and  had 
further  promised  that,  immediately  on  the  meeting 
of  the  Council,  which  was  shortly  to  be  elected,  the 
whole  of  the  prisoners  would  be  released,  requesting 
the  Archdeacon  at  the  same  time  to  explain  these 
circumstances  to  Major  Boulton  and  the  other 
prisoners." 


74     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

'  Major  Boulton  is  now  a  distinguished  member  of 
the  Senate  of  Canada. 

'  Archdeacon  McLean  was  requested,  by  the 
Dominion  Government,  to  take  a  tour  through  the 
older  provinces,  and  lecture  on  the  North- West. 
His  glowing  description  of  the  Western  prairies, 
his  enthusiastic  faith  in  the  future  of  North- West 
Canada,  was  of  great  service  in  exciting  an  interest 
in  Manitoba  and  the  North-West,  and  in  directing 
the  attention  of  the  Canadian  public  to  the  boundless 
capabilities  of  this  Western  El  Dorado. 

'  During  this  tour  he  collected  a  large  sum  of  money 
for  St.  John's  College,  Winnipeg.  Manitoba  and 
the  Territories  now  entered  Confederation.  The 
prospects  of  settlement  and  development  of  the 
North  -  West  necessitated  the  reorganization  of 
Church  work.  The  huge  diocese  of  Rupert's  Land 
was  divided.  Bishop  Horden  was  appointed  to 
Moosonee,  Bishop  Bompas  to  the  Mackenzie  River, 
and  Dr.  McLean  was  consecrated  by  Royal  mandate 
at  Lambeth,  May  3,  1874,  to  the  bishopric  of 
Saskatchewan. 

'  One  might  well  have  hesitated  before  undertaking 
a  work  of  such  difficulty.  In  more  modern  times, 
when  a  Bishop  is  appointed,  he  usually  reaps  the 
benefit  of  the  labour  of  his  predecessor  :  he  finds 
endowment  for  his  support  secured,  Church  work 
organized,  and  Church  institutions  established.  But 
such  was  not  the  case  with  Bishop  McLean. 
Everything  had  to  be  begun  de  novo.  There  was 
no  episcopal  endowment.  There  were  just  two 


THE  FIRST  BISHOP  OF  SASKATCHEWAN       75 

missionaries  in  his  vast  jurisdiction,  extending  from 
the  Rocky  Mountains  to  Lake  Winnipeg.  The  year 
after  his  consecration  one  of  the  two  missionaries 
died.  There  were  other  difficulties  to  contend  with. 
There  were  no  railroads  in  those  days.  The  Bishop 
had  to  undertake  the  journey  of  five  hundred  miles 
with  dog-cariole  in  mid-winter  in  order  to  reach  his 
diocese,  camping  each  night  in  the  snow,  with  no 
friendly  shelter  save  the  canopy  of  heaven.  The 
thought  of  one  day  reaching  Saskatchewan  in  a 
"  Pulman  "  was  not  even  within  the  reach  of  the 
wildest  flight  of  imagination.  The  very  idea  of  a 
sleeper,  and  the  ubiquitous  porter,  would  have 
been  considered  the  inauguration  of  an  episcopal 
millennium.  In  his  first  journey  the  Bishop  travelled 
two  thousand  miles  with  the  thermometer  often 
registering  40°  below  zero. 

'  In  1878  the  Bishop  visited  England  with  the 
intention  of  raising  further  funds  for  the  bishopric 
endowment  and  for  other  objects.  It  may  here  be 
stated  that  the  Society  for  the  Propagation  of  the 
Gospel  most  kindly  and  generously  allowed  the 
Bishop  two  hundred  pounds  per  annum,  to  enable 
him  to  carry  on  his  work,  and  they  continued  this 
as  long  as  the  Bishop  required  it.  Although  many 
tried  to  dissuade  the  Bishop  from  attempting  to 
collect  funds,  owing  to  the  very  great  depression 
prevalent  at  that  time,  he  was  not  daunted,  and  the 
enthusiasm  of  his  words,  and  the  single-heartedness 
of  his  devotion,  soon  made  him  many  friends  and 
supporters,  and  he  returned  to  his  diocese  with  a 


76     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

considerable  part  of  the  necessary  episcopal  endow- 
ment funds,  for  missionary  and  educational  work, 
and  for  building.  He  made  his  headquarters  at 
Prince  Albert.  Emmanuel  College  was  built,  and 
opened  in  1879,  as  the  first  institution  for  higher 
education  in  the  diocese.  Several  of  the  missionaries 
of  the  North-West  were  trained  there.  The  Bishop 
took  part  in  the  college  work  as  the  Professor  of 
Divinity.  The  Bishop  had  an  Act  passed,  by  the 
Dominion  Parliament,  for  establishing  a  University 
of  Saskatchewan,  and  no  doubt  he  would  have 
secured  funds  for  endowing  it  had  he  lived.  His 
great  desire  was  to  have  an  educated  clergy.  In  his 
last  address  to  the  Synod,  on  August  4,  1886,  he  said : 

'  "  I  earnestly  hope  that  the  clergy  will  try  to  follow 
the  advice  now  given.  I  think  it  right  to  state  that 
I  am  so  strongly  impressed  with  the  importance  of 
encouraging  steady  and  systematic  study  in  those 
branches  that  tend  to  equip  a  clergyman  for 
thoroughly  discharging  the  duties  of  his  office,  and 
so  convinced  that  those  who  are  content  with  just 
study  enough  to  pass  the  examination  for  Holy 
Orders  cannot  really  fulfil  their  functions  thoroughly, 
that,  while  God  spares  me  as  Bishop,  I  shall  make 
this  consideration  a  very  influential  one  in  deter- 
mining questions  of  promotion,  as  far  as  these 
questions  lie  within  my  influence." 

'  In  the  same  address  the  Bishop  thus  spoke  of 
Emmanuel  College  : 

'  "  The  college  is  also  becoming  the  mainstay  of 
the  diocese  for  the  supply  of  clergy  for  the  settle- 


a 


78     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

ments.  Already  four  out  of  the  six  most  important 
towns  in  the  diocese  have,  as  their  clergymen,  men 
who  received  their  training  at  the  institution,  and 
these  are  working  to  my  entire  satisfaction,  while 
several  less-prominent  posts  are  most  worthily  filled 
by  its  former  students." 

'  It  perhaps  should  be  stated  that  the  Bishop  was 
approached  on  the  subject  of  accepting  one  of  the 
older  dioceses  of  Eastern  Canada  ;  but  he  was  faith- 
ful to  his  Western  diocese. 

'The  Bishop  was  in  the  town  of  Prince  Albert 
during  the  rebellion  of  1885.  No  one  who  was  in 
Prince  Albert  during  those  days  of  danger  and 
anxiety  will  ever  forget  the  Bishop's  sermon  on  the 
Sunday  after  the  Duck  Lake  fight.  The  North- 
West  Mounted  Police  and  the  local  militia  were 
drawn  up  in  the  square.  The  Bishop  took  his  stand 
under  the  flagstaff  in  the  centre,  and,  in  words  of 
patriotic  eloquence,  spoke  of  the  noble  citizens  of 
Prince  Albert  who  had  fallen  in  the  Duck  Lake 
field  of  battle,  of  the  glorious  traditions  of  British 
law  and  justice,  and  of  his  faith  in  the  permanent 
stability  of  the  Canadian  Dominion. 

'  In  the  autumn  after  the  rebellion  the  Synod  met. 
It  was  the  Bishop's  last  Synod,  and  in  his  address 
he  said  : 

'  "  Since  we  last  met  I  have  been  able  to  visit,  and 
hold  Confirmation,  in  every  mission  in  the  diocese 
but  one,  and  this  will  be  shortly  visited.  In  the  great 
majority  of  cases  I  have  made  at  least  two  visits  to 
each  mission." 


THE  FIRST  BISHOP  OF  SASKATCHEWAN       79 

'  After  the  Synod  was  over,  although  he  was  not 
in  good  health,  he  started  on  a  long  visitation  of  the 
diocese.  In  his  diary  he  writes  as  follows  : 

'  "  Monday,  August  16. — Left  home  with  Hume." 
'  "  Tuesday,  24th. — Reached  Calgary." 
'  On  the  2Qth  he  received  a  telegram  telling  of  the 
birth  of  his  son,  but  sent  word  that  he  must  push 
on  for  Edmonton,  as  his  work  must  not  be  neglected, 
and  he  would  return  as  soon  as  possible. 

'"  Sunday,  September  5. — Confirmation  in  All  Saints' 
Church,  Edmonton. 

' "  Monday,  September  6. — I  did  not  feel  well  to-day, 
but  started  on  our  return  journey.  On  going  down 
the  hill  near  the  fort  we  met  a  cart,  and,  there  being 
no  room  to  pass,  our  waggon  was  upset,  and  we 
were  all  thrown  out.  We,  however,  proceeded  on 
our  journey  soon  after ;  but  I  became  seriously  ill, 
and  after  proceeding  five  miles  we  returned  to 
Edmonton,  where  I  lay  for  three  weeks  at  the  Ross 
Hotel  under  medical  charge.  I  became  very  ill  and 
very  weak ;  I  sent  back  our  team  to  Calgary  on  the 
second  day.  By  the  doctor's  advice  I  had  a  large 
skiff  built  by  the  Hudson  Bay  Company,  with  the 
stern  part  covered  with  canvas  like  a  tent.  Two 
men  were  engaged  to  conduct  it  to  Prince  Albert,  a 
distance  of  six  hundred  miles  by  water.  We  reached 
Fort  Pitt  on  Thursday,  October  7,  exactly  eight 
days  from  Edmonton,  which  we  left  on  September  29. 
Hume  gave  great  help  in  working  the  skiff,  and  was 
most  kind  and  attentive  to  me,  both  at  the  hotel  and 
in  the  skiff.  I  continued  very  weak  until  we  reached 


So    TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

Fort  Pitt.  During  the  last  two  days  I  have  been 
feeling  much  better,  and  am  now  writing  up  this 
note-book  in  the  wood  on  the  river  bank,  where  we 
have  taken  refuge  from  a  cold  head-wind.  Our  pro- 
gress is  slow ;  we  may  have  snow  and  ice  in  a  day 
or  two.  I  think  of  going  overland  from  Battleford." 

'  The  Bishop  was  so  ill  when  he  reached  Battleford 
that  he  was  obliged  to  remain  in  the  skiff,  and  his 
son  Hume  feared  that  he  would  not  live  until  he 
reached  Prince  Albert.  The  weather  was  bitterly 
cold,  ice  having  begun  to  form  on  the  river ;  how- 
ever, the  men  worked  very  hard,  assisted  by  Hume,  a 
lad  of  fifteen,  who  did  all  he  could  for  his  beloved 
father,  whom  he  described  as  so  sweet  and  patient 
in  all  his  pain  and  weakness.  He  was  constantly 
singing  to  himself  during  the  weary  hours  of  night. 
This  dear  son,  Hume  Blake,  died  at  Athabasca 
Landing,  May  16,  1893,  in  his  twenty-second  year. 

'  After  the  Bishop's  return  home  he  rallied  con- 
siderably for  a  few  days,  but  he  was  too  much 
weakened  by  the  hardships  of  the  journey.  Fever 
set  in ;  he  was  delirious  at  times,  but  even  in  his 
wanderings  his  beloved  diocese  occupied  his  thoughts, 
and  at  times  he  imagined  himself  conducting  meet- 
ings with  his  clergy. 

'  On  Saturday  afternoon,  November  6,  he  spoke  in 
the  most  eloquent  manner  of  the  future  of  the 
diocese ;  then  he  kissed  all  his  loved  ones,  and 
shook  hands  with  others  who  were  with  him.  As 
the  sun  was  setting,  he  asked  his  daughter,  Mrs. 
Flett,  to  help  him  to  sit  up,  and  had  the  blinds 


THE  FIRST  BISHOP  OF  SASKATCHEWAN      8r 

drawn  up  so  that  he  could  see  the  sunset ;  then  he 
said : 

'  "  Do  bring  lights  ;  it  is  growing  very  dark." 
•'  From  that  time  he  spoke  but  little,  but  appeared 
to  be  in  a  sort  of  stupor,  from  which  he  was  roused 
to  take  stimulants.  About  5  a.m.  on  Sunday  morn- 
ing his  wife  was  standing  beside  him,  and  he  said 
to  her:  "  My  lips  are  getting  so  stiff;"  and  then  he 
kissed  her,  with  loving  words  of  all  they  had  been  to 
each  other.  He  did  not  speak  coherently  after  that, 
but  became  unconscious,  and  remained  so,  sur- 
rounded by  all  his  family,  until  12  a.m.,  when  he 
fell  asleep  like  a  little  child. 

'  He  is  buried  outside  the  chancel  window  in 
St.  Mary's  Cemetery.  His  monument  bears  the 
following  inscription  : 

'  "  Entered  into  the  rest  of  Paradise,  November  7, 
1886,  John  McLean,  first  Bishop  of  Saskatchewan, 
in  his  58th  year. 

'  "  I  believe  in  the  Communion  of  Saints." 
'  Bishop  McLean  did  much  for  Prince  Albert.  In 
addition  to  the  fine  buildings  on  the  college  property, 
he  raised  money  to  maintain  and  carry  on  the  work. 
Then  he  lived  in  Prince  Albert,  and  helped  it  in 
every  way  that  he  could.  Bishop  McLean  only 
enjoyed  the  full  interest  of  the  Bishopric  Endow- 
ment Fund  for  a  short  time  before  his  death.  The 
Bishop  devoted  an  hour  each  day,  when  at  home,  to 
reading  the  Service  for  Consecration  of  a  Bishop, 
and  in  seeking  strength  and  help  to  live  up  to,  and 
in  every  way  to  be  faithful  to,  the  vows  which 

6 


82     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

he  had  taken.  He  often  said  he  felt  appalled  when 
he  thought  of  the  immense  responsibility  of  his 
office. 

'  So  lived,  and  so  passed  away,  this  great  and  good 
man,  who  has  been  sorely  missed  by  the  Saskatche- 
wan and  Calgary  dioceses,  especially  in  their  efforts 
to  overcome  the  financial  difficulties  that  are  incident 
to  all  new  Church  work  in  countries  where  there  are 
no  endowments  for  religion,  and  the  people  are  too 
poor  to  do  much  for  Church  support.  Such  dioceses 
require  exceptional  men,  and  Bishop  McLean  was 
an  exceptional  man.  For  his  diocese  of  Saskatche- 
wan the  Bishop  raised,  clear  of  all  expenses,  the 
following  funds : 

Dollars. 

'  Bishopric  Endowment  Fund           73,140.26 

Divinity  Chair,  Emmanuel  College           ...  10,023.42 

Louise  Scholarship 340.00 

W.  McKay  Scholarship        700.00 

Clergy  Endowment  Fund  : 

(a)  General 4,000.00 

(b}  Stanley  Mission           260.00 

(c)  Devon  Mission            884.22' 


CHAPTER  XII. 
KIEL'S  REBELLION. 

IN  the  years  preceding  the  rebellion  of  1885,  there 
was  much  unrest  in  the  Edmonton  district ; 
dissatisfaction  with  the  Dominion  Government  was 
nearly  universal ;  their  agents  were  generally  un- 
popular; settlers  could  get  no  attention  to  their 
complaints,  and  no  one  felt  safe  in  any  of  his  land 
transactions.  A  case  arose  in  which  a  settler  tried 
to  defend  some  of  his  property  from  depredation, 
and  he  was  fined  by  the  stipendiary  magistrate  for 
attempting  his  own  protection.  There  seemed  no 
recognised  law,  except  the  decision  of  a  magistrate, 
and  no  one  could  tell  what  this  would  be,  or  the 
code  that  might  rule  him.  There  was,  in  fact,  no 
law,  although  there  was  supposed  to  be  a  Govern- 
ment. 

We  were  not  in  Ontario,  or  Quebec,  or  Manitoba; 
we  were  in  an  undefined  territory,  subject  to  the 
man  who  happened  to  be  in  office,  and  he  was 
a  great  distance  from  his  superiors,  and  found  no 
difficulty  in  shielding  himself  behind  his  own  reports. 
If  a  man  took  a  pair  of  stockings  from  the  Hudson 

6—2 


84     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

Bay  store,  he  was  quickly  arrested  and  punished ; 
but  if  he  trespassed  on  land,  and  cut  down  timber  of 
great  worth  to  the  settler  who  had  fenced  it  and  pro- 
tected it  from  prairie  fires,  the  settler  was  informed 
that  he  had  no  property  in  the  soil  or  in  the  trees, 
and  that  he  had  no  protection  for  the  labour  or  ex- 
pense that  were  invested  in  his  claim  or  real  estate. 
Blackstone  teaches  that  men  have  natural  rights  to 
the  lands  which  they  use,  so  long  as  their  rights  do 
not  infringe  on  the  claims  of  others ;  and  surely 
under  the  British  flag  these  natural  rights  should  be 
allowed.  Yet  in  the  Edmonton  district  these  were 
denied,  with  the  result  that  the  lawless  attempted  to 
'jump'  the  lands  that  were  possessed  by  others — 
that  is,  to  publicly  steal  them.  Exhibitions  were 
thus  made  of  the  greed  of  lawless  human  nature 
that  were  sad  indeed  to  behold. 

Outside  the  circle  of  Government  men,  a  Committee 
of  Public  Safety  was  instituted,  and  it  seemed  neces- 
sary, if  the  commonest  order  was  to  be  observed. 
Persons  had  become  possessed  of  pieces  of  land 
where  the  town  of  Edmonton  now  stands;  some  had 
paid  money  for  them,  and  others  had  put  buildings 
on  them,  and  claimed  the  right  to  do  so.  But  it 
might  be  asked,  Where  were  the  Government  during 
all  this  time  ?  The  answer  is  :  At  Ottawa,  drawing 
their  salaries,  amongst  other  things,  for  governing 
the  North- West.  For  a  long  time  there  were  no 
authorized  surveys,  and  confusion  was  rampant. 

One  day  a  court  was  held  in  order  to  try  certain 
men,  some  of  them  being  our  most  respected  citizens. 


KIEL'S  REBELLION  85 

A  would-be  thief  of  landed  property  had  put  a  build- 
ing on  another  man's  lot,  hoping  thus  to  get  posses- 
sion of  it  for  himself.  The  proper  owner  removed 
the  building,  and  placed  it  so  near  the  high  banks  of 
the  Saskatchewan  that  it,  by  design  or  accident, 
rolled  over,  and  the  man  was  put  to  great  trouble  in 
recovering  even  a  part  of  it.  The  lawless  man  sued 
the  removers,  and  got  judgment  so  far  that  the 
owner  was  fined  for  causing  unnecessary  damage  in 
the  removal  of  the  house ;  the  inference  being  that, 
if  he  had  removed  it  and  no  damage  to  it  had 
followed,  the  action  would  have  been  lawful.  No 
distinct  instructions,  however,  were  given  from  the 
bench,  and  matters  continued  as  unsettled  as  before. 
The  lawless  saw  that  there  was  very  little  to  restrain 
them,  and  they  acted  accordingly. 

But  why  was  this  allowed  ?  Possibly  in  order  that 
the  Government  men  might  have  a  free  hand  to  do 
what  they  liked  in  the  issue  of  patents,  claiming  the 
lands  of  the  great  North- West  as  purchased  property, 
through  their  transactions  with  the  Hudson  Bay 
Company.  According  to  their  view,  no  one  had  any 
rights.  All  conditions  of  men  were  in  the  same 
position ;  half-breeds,  and  settlers,  and  even  Indians 
who  did  not  take  the  treaty,  had  no  legal  standing, 
save  as  British  subjects.  England  was  a  long  way 
off,  and  Canada  lay  between  the  two,  and  effectually 
hindered  the  cry  for  justice  reaching  the  mother- 
land. 

If  an  able  Commissioner  from  England  had  been 
sent  to  the  Indians,  half-races,  and  settlers  of  the 


86    TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  ^SASKATCHEWAN 

North-West  during  the  three  years  preceding  the 
events  of  1885,  there  would,  in  all  probability,  have 
been  no  outbreak.  Millions  of  dollars  and  many 
valuable  lives  might  have  been  saved.  Order  would 
have  been  preserved,  based  on  respect  for  Govern- 
mental authority  and  its  necessary  institutions.  The 
authority  of  the  Ottawa  Government  is  not  strong 
enough  in  these  territories,  and  it  has  not  on  all 
occasions  the  will  to  enforce  obedience  to  its  own 
orders.  When,  in  1891,  it  attempted  to  remove  its 
land  office  across  the  Saskatchewan  to  the  railway 
terminus,  an  armed  crowd  of  men  and  boys  success- 
fully resisted  .the  order,  and  that  in  the  open  day- 
light. 

While  these  uncertainties  were  occurring,  about 
the  land  claims  of  natives  and  settlers  in  the 
Edmonton  district,  land  speculators  were  busy,  and 
very  successful,  in  their  greed  for  spoils.  A  company 
was  set  going  with  a  grand  name,  ostensibly 
patronized  by  the  Ottawa  Government  supporters. 
It  proposed  to  colonize,  and  bring  both  settlers  and 
capital  into  the  country.  Large  tracts  of  fine  land 
were  entrusted  to  the  company,  but  they  brought  no 
settlers,  and  to-day  their  buildings  are  in  ruins,  and 
most  of  their  lands  are  waste. 

Meanwhile,  honest  settlers  were  compelled  to  go 
far  into  the  wilderness  for  homesteads,  and  business 
and  civilization  were  hindered  in  order  that  these 
speculators  might  make  money  by  the  labour  and 
enterprise  of  neighbours  who  were  cursed  by  their 
presence.  A  poor  man  is  sharply  looked  after  if  he 


KIEL'S  REBELLION  87 

do  not  fulfil  his  engagements  on  his  land  claim,  and 
his  titles  are  cancelled.  How  is  it,  then,  that 
fraudulent  companies  can  hold  their  own,  or,  rather, 
the  lands  that  should  belong  to  other  people  ? 
Governments  in  these  days  are,  in  theory,  govern- 
ments for  the  people  by  the  people.  As  population 
increases  here,  some  of  these  questions  may  receive 
stern  answers. 

While  these  things  were  occurring  among  settlers 
in  every  part  of  the  North-West,  the  Indians  also 
were  becoming  very  restive.  Most  of  them  had 
their  reservations,  and  the  agents,  as  a  rule,  had 
dealt  fairly  by  them.  Often,  however,  these  agents 
could  not  keep  their  word  to  the  Indians,  because  of 
the  distances  over  which  supplies  had  to  travel,  or 
because  of  misunderstandings  at  Ottawa.  Some  of 
the  Indians  also  misunderstood  their  treaties,  or,  at 
least,  thought  that  they  had  been  over-reached  in 
their  bargains.  Possibly  their  intercourse  with  a 
low  class  of  traders  did  not  tend  to  increase  their 
contentment,  and  from  causes  of  this  kind  the 
rebellion  of  1885  arose. 

Unrest  seemed  to  be  in  the  air,  as  when  a  storm 
is  brewing,  and  the  clouds  are  preparing  for  a  furious 
tempest,  yet  no  one  knew  where  the  centre  of  the 
storm  would  be,  or  when  it  would  burst.  Mysterious 
rumours  came  to  Edmonton  of  what  would  happen 
when  the  grass  was  green — that  is,  when  Indian 
horses  could  travel  and  find  pasture  on  the  plains. 
Then  came  the  news  of  the  massacre  of  the  Roman 
Catholic  priests  and  Indian  agents  at  Frog  Lake. 


88     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

Then  of  the  fight  at  Duck  Lake,  where  the  mounted 
police  and  volunteers  scarcely  held  their  own. 

Then  Canada  was  aroused,  and  sent  Middleton 
and  troops,  and  the  news  came  of  the  battles  of  Cut- 
knife  Creek  and  Batoche  on  the  South  Saskatche- 
wan. By  this  time  the  Indians  were  in  a  ferment 
everywhere,  and  at  Battleford  they  were  committing 
depredations  which  could  not  be  resisted.  Inspector 
Dickens  also  had  abandoned  Fort  Pitt,  and  plunder 
was  the  order  of  the  day.  All  over  the  plains  the 
strangest  rumours  flew  with  the  speed  of  lightning  ; 
they  came  to  Edmonton  from  east,  west,  north,  and 
south,  and  we  could  not  tell  what  was  about  to 
happen.  In  all  directions  were  Indians  enough,  if 
they  were  well  led,  to  try  the  mettle  of  our  sparse 
and  scattered  settlements,  and  our  people  were 
virtually  without  arms  and  ammunition.  They  were 
almost  entirely  unprepared  to  fight  for  their  own 
lives,  or  for  the  honour  of  the  Government.  Centres 
were  formed  at  St.  Albert's  Roman  Catholic 
Mission,  Fort  Edmonton,  and  Fort  Saskatchewan, 
and  most  of  the  settlers  left  their  homes  and  took 
refuge  in  these  places.  They  were  prepared  for 
defence  as  efficiently  as  circumstances  allowed. 
Often,  judging  from  rumours  that  arrived,  our  lives 
and  homes  were  in  peril.  Repeatedly  it  was  rumoured 
that  bands  of  Indians,  several  hundreds  strong,  were 
close  at  hand,  and  were*  fording  the  river  a  few 
miles  up  the  stream,  on  their  way  to  attack  Fort 
Edmonton. 

The  sudden  rise  and  growth  of  rumours  on  these 


KIEL'S  REBELLION  89 

plains  is  beyond  belief,  and  every  new  story  is  some- 
how or  other  believed,  simply  because  there  is  no 
evidence  to  the  contrary.  Thus,  one  Sunday,  at  All 
Saints'  Church,  the  story  went  round  that  the 
Indians  were  crossing  the  river  at  the  miners'  flat, 
seven  miles  off.  When  the  service  was  ended,  and 
the  people  had  gone  to  the  fort  for  refuge,  I  went  to 
nay  residence,  seven  miles  off,  to  see  if  I  could  hide 
some  of  my  most  valuable  books  before  the  Indians 
could  scatter  themselves,  and  proceed  to  burn  up 
and  destroy  everything  they  came  across.  Two  or 
three  miles  out  I  met  a  scout  from  the  prairies,  who 
confirmed  the  rumour,  and  said  that  the  Indians 
were  now  probably  near  the  fort  and  preparing  to 
attack  it.  For  a  moment  I  thought  of  my  books,  but 
then  I  thought  of  the  women  and  little  children  to 
whom  I  ministered,  so  I  immediately  returned,  to 
find  that  the  excitement  was  still  very  great,  and 
that  all  things  were  in  readiness  for  a  flight  to  some 
solitude  in  which  the  women  and  children  might  be 
preserved.  Happily,  however,  on  this  occasion  the 
Indians  did  not  appear. 

The  truth  is,  that  the  rumour  had  some  founda- 
tion, for  the  Indians  around  had  left  their  usual  en- 
campments, and  had  hidden  themselves  in  places 
where  they  could  be  found  by  messengers  from  a 
distance,  and  they  ,were  undoubtedly  only  waiting 
for  a  general  rising,  and  many  of  them  were  certainly 
ready  enough  to  do  any  mischief  that  came  in  their 
way.  If  Riel  had  been  victorious  at  Carlton,  very 
few  white  men  would  have  been  left  alive  in  the 


90     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

distant  settlements.  The  entire  Indian  population 
would  have  been  aflame  with  the  passions  of  greed, 
and  lust,  and  murder. 

How  far  the  half-races,  especially  the  French  half- 
breeds  in  the  Edmonton  district,  were  originally 
mixed  up  with  the  early  stages  of  the  rebellion,  is  a 
difficult  and  intricate  question.  Riel  certainly  had 
the  sympathy  of  many  of  them.  Dumont  himself 
was  from  our  neighbourhood,  and  had  friends  here. 
The  mistake  which  Riel  made  in  his  tactics  was  the 
mistake  of  a  man  of  very  limited  information  and 
of  great  self-esteem.  He  did  not  know  the  outside 
world  against  which  he  arrayed  himself;  he  did  not 
realize  that  behind  Canada  was  England.  He  posed 
as  a  liberator,  as  a  kind  of  Garibaldi,  or  Arabian 
Mahdi.  He  wanted  to  be  a  prophet,  the  founder  of 
a  new  religion — a  Moses  on  a  small  scale,  who 
would  lead  his  people  into  their  own  possession, 
and  drive  out  the  nineteenth-century  Canaanites. 
He  did  not  disclaim  the  murder  of  the  priests  at 
Frog  Lake,  and  he  separated  the  men  under  his 
influence,  as  much  as  he  could,  from  the  Roman 
Catholic  Church.  By  such  a  policy  he  could  not 
possibly  succeed  ;  and  he  destroyed  the  sympathy 
of  a  powerful  organization  which  might  have  been 
interested  in  any  grievances  which  the  Metis  had, 
and  have  given  them  a  certain  protection.  More- 
over, his  folly  alienated  his  cause  from  the  French 
province  of  Quebec,  which  could  have  afforded  him 
powerful  support,  and  given  great  trouble  to  the 
whole  Dominion  of  Canada.  As  it  was,  the  brave 


KIEL'S  REBELLION  91 

and  skilful  defence  which  Dumont  made  with  his 
badly-armed  band  of  five  hundred  undisciplined  men 
produced  a  great  impression ;  and  it  might  easily 
have  grown  into  a  war  of  races,  which  would  have 
challenged  the  sympathy  and  chivalrous  feeling  of 
ancient  France.  A  little  spark  sets  the  prairies 
ablaze,  and  a  few  men  speaking  French,  and  con- 
ducting themselves  bravely,  and  struggling  with  a 
real  grievance  against  great  odds,  might  have  touched 
the  honour  of  France  and  brought  her  back  to 
America  again.  Kiel's  ineptness  crushed  the  Metis 
and  annihilated  all  external  sympathy. 

Thus,  in  the  Edmonton  district,  while  we  had 
rumours  and  anxiety,  we  had  no  actual  difficulties. 
Some  Metis  were  sullen,  and  the  Indians  whom  we 
met  scowled,  but  no  shot  was  fired  in  anger.  Pro- 
bably the  Indians'  friends  did  not  think  themselves 
strong  enough  to  cope  with  the  mounted  police. 
A  home  guard  had  been  enrolled,  but  outside  assis- 
tance did  not  arrive  until  later.  The  citizens  of 
Edmonton  cleared  the  brush  and  trees  from  their 
streets,  because  an  enemy  could  hide  and  fight  in 
ambush  behind  them,  and,  calling  a  meeting,  they 
sent  a  special  messenger  one  hundred  and  ninety 
miles  to  Calgary,  where  the  Lieutenant-Governor 
happened  to  be,  urging  immediate  assistance  before 
it  was  too  late.  The  messenger,  who  was  a  native 
of  the  country,  rode  through  the  Indian  reservations, 
exposing  himself  to  much  danger,  and  attracting 
attention  by  the  speed  at  which  he  travelled.  Some- 
times he  was  followed,  but,  being  well  mounted,  he 


92     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

distanced  his  pursuers,  and,  scarcely  resting  or 
changing  horses,  in  less  than  two  days  he  covered 
the  one  hundred  and  ninety  miles,  and  told  the 
story  of  the  stern  needs  of  Edmonton.  Already  Mr. 
Dewdney,  the  Lieutenant-Governor,  had  arranged 
with  General  Strange — a  most  capable  officer  who 
had  seen  service  in  India — to  proceed  north  to 
Edmonton.  The  news  of  his  coming  kept  the  dis- 
affected quiet,  and  probably  saved  the  district  from 
an  Indian  war.  His  column  was  made  up  as 
follows : 

Strange's  Rangers,  50  ;  police,  67  ;  65th  Battalion, 
332 ;  Winnipeg,  332  ;  P.  Battalion  (92),  307. 

Afterwards  the  65th  regiment  of  Montreal,  under 
Colonel  Oimet,  was  stationed  at  Edmonton,  while 
General  Strange  went  east  after  Big  Bear,  who 
made  for  Battleford,  where  General  Middleton  was, 
and  gave  himself  up.  Thus  Indian  and  half-breed 
hopes  of  driving  away  the  white  man  from  the 
North- West  Territories,  and  possessing  the  country 
for  themselves,  were  crushed  and  destroyed  for  ever. 
Kiel  was  hanged  at  Regina,  N.W.,  on  September  18, 
1885. 


CHAPTER  XIII. 
THE  CAUSES  OF  THE  REBELLION. 

THOSE  who  would  understand  this  so-called 
'  rebellion  '  must  have  a  distinct  idea  of  the 
circumstances  that  led  up  to  it.  It  is  not  sufficient 
to  say  that  it  was  '  pure  cussedness  '  on  the  part  of 
the  half-breed  and  Indian.  In  former  pages  I  have 
endeavoured  to  convey  the  impression  that  the  con- 
fusion was  not  all  their  fault,  by  pointing  out  the 
genesis  of  the  outbreak.  History  will,  I  believe, 
assign  the  following  causes :  First,  and  chiefly,  the 
utter  inattention  of  the  Hudson  Bay  officials  to  the 
interests  of  the  half-races,  when  they  negotiated  for 
the  transfer  of  the  territories  to  the  Government  of 
Canada.  In  different  parts  of  the  North -West, 
settlements  had  arisen  around  their  forts,  and  many 
half-breeds  were  scattered  in  all  directions  on  the 
plains,  who  were  living  an  independent  life  as 
hunters,  trading  with  the  forts,  and  exchanging  their 
buffalo  meat  and  skins  for  the  things  they  required. 
How  did  this  half-race  spring  into  existence  ?  Surely 
from  the  presence  of  Hudson  Bay  or  North- West 


94     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

traders.  They  were,  in  fact,  the  children  and  wards 
of  that  great  company,  and  they  comprised  a  very 
large  part  of  the  population  of  these  territories  in 
later  years.  If  this  be  correct,  and  I  believe  it  is, 
how  could  the  Honourable  Hudson  Bay  Company 
fairly  overlook  the  interests  of  this  considerable 
population,  and  make  no  provision  in  the  transfer 
for  their  legitimate  claims  ?  Was  it  intended  to 
keep  their  claims  in  abeyance  ?  Or  did  it  arise  from 
pure  contempt  of  the  half-races,  who  were  their  own 
descendants?  The  half-race  could  not  understand 
its  position  ;  it  was  in  itself  helpless  ;  it  might  send 
its  complaints  and  its  petitions,  but  they  would  only 
be  treated  with  indifference  and  contempt.  The 
Hudson  Bay  Company  had  influence  and  wealth  to 
support  its  case  both  in  England  and  in  Ottawa ; 
but  what  could  the  half-race  do,  who  were  so  far  off, 
and  neither  had  advocates  to  plead  their  case,  nor 
money  to  pay  them  for  their  labour  and  ability,  if 
they  could  have  been  found?  The  historian  who 
wishes  to  trace  events  to  their  true  causes  must  hold 
the  official  negotiators  of  this  transfer  greatly  re- 
sponsible for  the  unrest,  the  uncertainty,  and  the 
waste  of  money  and  lives,  which  are  associated  with 
the  scenes  of  1885. 

Secondly,  there  was  often  a  great  want  of  tact  and 
prudence  on  the  part  of  the  Canadian  gentlemen 
who  had,  in  different  ways,  to  do  business  in  these 
parts,  and  more  especially  with  the  tribes  on  the 
plains.  Before  any  arrangements  were  made  with 
the  Indian  bands,  surveyors  were  sent  to  survey 


95 

longitudes,  etc.,  and  these  surveyors  puzzled  the 
Indian.  When  he  inquired  the  reason  of  their  visit, 
and  asked  whether  the  great  Queen-mother  had  sent 
them  to  do  their  magic  in  the  country,  he  was 
informed  that  the  Canadian  was  master  now.  But 
since  the  transfer  has  puzzled  wise  heads  on  both 
sides  of  the  Atlantic,  there  is  little  reason  for 
wondering  that  the  Indian  could  not  see  through 
the  fog.  Company  power  gone,  Queen-mother 
made  light  of,  Canadian  rule  set  up  from  beyond 
the  Great  Lakes.  What  was  about  to  happen  now  ? 
Add  this  to  the  half-race  grievance,  and  it  is  not 
surprising  that  in  time  the  fire  should  blaze  on  the 
prairies  until  much  was  consumed.  There  was 
altogether  too  much  contempt  for  the  Indian  and 
the  half-breed,  and  too  little  attention  given  to  their 
customs  and  manners.  The  Indian  is  very  formal, 
and  precise,  and  dignified,  in  his  ways  and  ideas ; 
he  is  easily  pleased,  but  soon  offended ;  and  what 
may  seem  to  be  trifles  will  give  great  offence,  which 
will  not  soon  be  forgotten. 

On  several  occasions  I  ventured  to  mention  these 
matters  privately  to  gentlemen  who  I  thought  were 
overlooking  them  in  their  transactions,  and  un- 
necessarily producing  discontent.  But  the  answer 
always  was,  '  What  do  I  care  ?  I  am  not  afraid  of 
an  Indian !'  Some  of  these  gentlemen  were  pretty 
well  scared  afterwards.  But  others  had  to  meet  the 
expense,  and  to  sacrifice  their  lives,  and  to  bear  the 
penalty  of  their  incompetence.  On  one  occasion  I 
was  present  at  an  Indian  treaty  payment  before  the 


96     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

outbreak.      The  rumour  was  that  the  Indians  were 
much  dissatisfied  with  the  way  their  treaty  arrange- 
ments were  kept,  and  that  they  intended  to  express 
this   dissatisfaction  before  they  took  their  money. 
The   scene   itself   was   interesting   to   anyone   who 
sympathized  with   human   life   in   any  form.     The 
Government  men,  visitors,  and  traders  took  their 
station  on   an  elevated  position ;  far  down  in  the 
valley  the  Indians  had  arrayed  themselves  in  all  the 
glory  of  their  paint  and  feathers.    On  their  approach 
they  danced  their  dances   and  fired  their  guns,  by 
way  of  salute  and  respect  to  the  great  man.     Then 
the  colloquy  began.     '  Are  you  the  great  chief  who 
is  able  to  attend  to   our  wants  and  complaints  ?' 
The   answer  was,  '  I   am.'     Then   various   matters 
were  discussed,  and  complaints  were  made.     That 
day  the  Indians  would   not   receive   their   mcney. 
Perhaps  half  an  hour  was  taken  up  with  a  discussion 
as   to   whether    twenty   pounds   of   tea   should   be 
allowed    them   while    in    the    summer    they    were 
cutting  their  winter's  hay,  and  this  tea  was  not  very 
graciously   refused.      Suppose   this   gentleman   had 
known   their   temperaments,    and   had    even,    as   a 
personal  gift,  shown  his  interest  in  them  by  giving 
them  this  small  quantity  of  tea,  their  delight  would 
then   have   been  unbounded.     Afterwards,  through 
the  private  persuasion  of  wiser   and  more   kindly 
disposed  persons  who  were  not  in  office,  the  Indians 
did,  with  reluctance,  take  their  treaty  money. 

Thirdly,   difficulties   of  all   kinds    on   account  of 
distances  were  sure  to  arise,  and  these  could  scarcely 


THE  CAUSES  OF  THE  REBELLION 

be  avoided  in  the  transmission  of  ploughs  and  other 
instruments  of  industry.  The  Indian,  had  been 
promised  these  things,  and  oftentimes  they  did  not 
arrive.  Patience  was  needed  on  both  sides,  but 
especially  wisdom  on  the  part  of  the  '  white  man,' 
if  matters  were  to  run  smoothly.  Manner  here,  as 
in  other  lands,  was  often  of  supreme  importance 
to  a  good  understanding.  Contempt  of  persons 
and  races  is  never  good  policy,  and  it  is  to  be  hoped 
that  when  the  Athabasca,  Peace  River,  and  Mac- 
kenzie River  districts  are  opened  up  for  settlement, 
these  lessons  will  be  remembered,  and  all  collisions 
of  races  avoided  in  the  future. 


CHAPTER  XIV. 

TRUE  AND  FALSE  BRAVERY. 

IT  is  in  scenes  such  as  we  have  described  that 
human  nature  shows  itself,  and  the  qualities 
of  men  are  exhibited.  Some  in  our  small  com- 
munities at  this  time  said  but  little,  and  were  quiet 
in  their  manner,  but  were  men  of  real  mettle. 
Others  primed  themselves  with  whisky  in  order  to 
keep  their  courage  up.  When  the  danger  was  over, 
it  was  surprising  to  discover  how  many  brave  men 
we  had  amongst  us,  and  what  heroic  deeds  would 
have  been  done  if  only  opportunity  had  offered. 
Perhaps  it  is  as  well  that  the  heroism  was  not  put 
to  the  test  by  grim  Indian  warfare.  The  courage 
thus  saved  may  be  retained  for  other  occasions  in 
life's  battle,  where  it  can  be  used  daily  in  all  sorts 
of  ways,  and  to  our  life's  end.  Courage  physical, 
courage  mental,  courage  moral — of  each  and  all  of 
these  we  cannot  have  too  much,  in  order  to  make 
the  truly  noble  character. 

One  Saturday,  during  the  height  of  the  excitement, 
a  secret  message  came  to  me  from  an  Indian  girl,  to 


TRUE  AND  FALSE  BRAVERY  99 

whom  I  had  ministered  in  her  illness,  when  her  tent 
was  pitched  near  the  fort  Her  people  had  taken 
her  with  them  to  their  hiding-place  on  the  plains,  but 
she  felt  that  she  was  dying,  and  longed  to  see  a 
clergyman.  In  her  forlorn  condition  she  begged  me 
to  visit  her,  and  prepare  her  for  the  end.  It  was 
miles  away,  and  I  could  not  find  the  place  alone,  for 
it  was  in  the  wild  wilderness,  which  was  without 
roads,  or,  indeed,  any  marks  that  would  guide  me. 
I  spoke  to  several  persons  who  professed  to  know 
the  place,  and  who  said  that  they  could  conduct  me. 
I  made  an  appointment  with  one  of  the  bravest  to 
start  with  me  immediately  after  the  Sunday  morning 
service.  The  service  over,  and  the  horse  harnessed, 
I  waited  for  my  guide ;  but  I  waited  in  vain  :  he  did 
not  appear,  nor  could  he  be  found  anywhere.  I  sent 
after  one  and  another  person,  who  the  day  before  had 
said  that  they  knew  the  place  well,  and  were  not  afraid 
to  go ;  but  it  was  always  with  the  same  result.  These 
brave  men  thought  a  stray  bullet  from  an  Indian 
gun  might  find  them,  and  they  regarded  discretion 
as  the  better  part  of  valour.  The  poor  girl  died  in 
her  loneliness,  and  they  made  her  a  solitary  grave 
somewhere  on  the  wide  prairies,  where  she  sleeps 
unsanctified  by  Church  rites  or  priestly  prayers. 
May  the  sweetest  wild-flowers  bloom  around  her ! 
May  her  soul  rest  in  the  perfect  joy  and  peace  of 
heaven  ! 

Though  I  sometimes  saw  a  scowl  on  the  face  of  the 
Indians  whom  I  met,  and  whom  I  had  sought  to 
benefit  before  their  evil  passions  had  been  aroused, 

7—2 


ioo  TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

I  was  amused,  and  not  displeased,  by  the  following 
story,  which  was  told  me  afterwards  by  one  of  the 
Crees. 

Near  my  residence  in  those  days  was  a  very 
retired  place,  where  both  water  and  facilities  for 
encampment  are  found.  Without  my  knowing  it,  a 
band  of  Indians  had  hidden  themselves  there,  await- 
ing the  order  for  an  outbreak.  Day  by  day,  from  the 
rising  ground,  they  watched  me  in  my  garden,  and 
discussed  what  they  should  do  with  me  when  the 
massacre  began  ;  and  it  was  kindly  decided  that 
they  would  not  meddle  with  the  little  white-robed 
priest,  for  I  had  not  been  bad  to  the  Indian ;  but  as 
for  my  mare,  they  might  take  her  if  they  should  be 
pressed  for  horses.  At  that  time  several  Indian 
dogs  prowled  around  at  night-time,  and  this  caused 
some  remark.  Excepting  this  sign,  which  was  soon 
forgotten,  there  was  no  evidence  that  an  Indian  en- 
campment was  so  near.  The  Indian  can  be  very 
secret  in  his  ways.  As  for  the  danger,  I  had,  both 
at  the  time  and  afterwards,  many  proofs  that  it  was 
very  real;  even  the  Indian  children  had  decided 
what  particular  plunder  they  intended  to  appro- 
priate ;  and  they  practised  their  bows  and  arrows 
in  order  to  join  in  the  fray.  It  was  settled  what 
families  should  be  clubbed,  in  order  to  save  the 
expense  of  powder  and  shot ;  and  what  women 
should  be  taken  captive,  and  whose  particular  tent 
these  fair  ones  were  to  adorn.  I  do  not  say  that 
there  were  no  bands  loyal  to  the  Government ;  but 
there  were  certainly  very  few  in  which  there  was  no 


TRUE  AND  FALSE  BRAVERY  101 

disaffection,  and  a  very  great  pressure  was  put  upon 
them  all  to  throw  off  their  allegiance.  The  chief 
things  that  prevented  the  open  revolt  of  all  the 
bands  were  the  influence  of  the  Churches  and  the 
prompt  action  of  the  military  authorities. 


CHAPTER  XV. 

CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  INDIANS— MR.  EVANS: 
HIS  WORK,  MISTAKE,  AND  PERSECUTION. 

IN  addition  to  the  foregoing  observations  respect, 
ing  the  Indian  character  and  the  Indian  ways. 
a  few  facts  may  be  acceptable.  Here,  as  every- 
where, we  shall  find  a  great  variety  of  characters. 
Some  Indians  are  very  degraded — equal  in  degrada- 
tion to  any  human  beings  that  can  be  found  any- 
where ;  if,  indeed,  such  Indians  can  be  called  human 
beings  at  all.  Soon  after  my  settlement  in  the 
North-West,  a  man  was  brought  in  from  the  Peace 
River  district,  and  tried  at  Fort  Saskatchewan,  who 
was  a  most  horrible  cannibal.  It  was  proved  that 
he  had  killed  and  eaten  his  wife,  her  mother,  and 
three  of  his  children.  He  was  hung  at  Fort  Sas- 
katchewan, but  seemed  altogether  indifferent  to  his 
fate.  Another  man,  in  the  midst  of  the  settlement, 
deliberately  stabbed  his  wife,  and,  having  paid  blood- 
money  to  her  relatives,  considered  that  he  had  com- 
mitted no  crime.  This  Eastern  idea  is  very  common 
among  the  Indians  of  North  America.  In  certain 
ways  they  were  very  honest.  Years  ago  you  might 


CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  INDIANS         103 

travel  anywhere  on  the  plains,  and  your  property 
would  be  respected.  Hudson  Bay  stores  might  be 
safely  left  unlocked,  and  no  one  would  steal  from 
them.  If  powder  and  shot  were  taken  from  a  store 
in  the  absence  of  a  keeper,  the  full  value  of  skins 
would  be  left  behind  for  payment,  and  at  proper 
times  full  explanations  would  be  made.  A  written 
communication  was  very  sacred,  and  would  be  faith- 
fully delivered  at  any  distance.  In  some  other 
matters  their  ideas  of  right  and  wrong  were  very 
peculiar,  as  I  found  in  my  business  transactions  with 
them.  When  I  built  my  first  shanty,  as  it  was  a 
very  small  place,  and  the  winter  was  close  at  hand, 
I  bought  twelve  cowhides  from  a  butcher,  and  sent 
them  to  an  Indian  woman  to  be  dressed.  They  had 
cost  me  twelve  dollars.  I  thought  that,  if  they  were 
nailed  to  the  log  walls,  they  would  help  to  keep  the 
frost  out,  and  make  the  shanty  comfortable.  When 
I  supposed  the  hides  were  dressed,  I  went  to  the 
tent  door,  and  asked  for  them  in  my  best  Cree,  ex- 
pecting to  receive  them,  when  the  woman  coolly 
told  me  I  could  not  have  them.  On  pressing  for  an 
explanation,  I  was  informed  that  the  skins  had  been 
dressed,  but  as  she  had  no  tea  or  tobacco,  they  had 
been  cut  up  into  strips,  and  sold  at  the  Hudson  Bay 
stores  for  shagganappi  —  no  doubt  to  the  amu  se- 
ment  of  the  gentleman  behind  the  counter,  whose 
idea  of  honesty  could  not  have  been  very  exalted. 

Although  the  Indian  is  not  cleanly  in  his  personal 
habits,  the  traveller  may  see  everywhere  that  he  has 
had  his  Turkish  bath.  Willow  sticks  are  bent  into 


the  ground,  and  covered  closely,  and,  by  heated 
stones,  hot  vapour  is  produced  sufficient  to  cause 
free  perspiration.  Then  the  bather  takes  a  plunge 
into  the  snow,  or  into  very  cold  water,  just  as  his 
betters  do  in  Europe,  only  in  a  more  simple  and 
natural  way.  In  some  parts  a  dog-feast  is  a  great 
event,  as  it  is  also  in  China  and  among  the 
Mongolians. 

It  is  well  known  that  the  Indian  is  a  great  '  swell,' 
or  '  dandy,'  with  his  beadwork  and  paint.  There 
are  learned  men  in  Europe,  and  scientific  ethnolo- 
gists, who  make  the  native  American  to  be  indi- 
genous to  the  soil,  and  class  him  as  a  distinct  type 
of  the  human  race,  calling  him  the  *  red  man.' 
But,  in  twenty  years'  travel,  I  have  never  seen  such 
a  man.  When  the  '  Red  Indian '  has  his  paint 
washed  off,  and  lives  in  a  house,  his  colour  is  tawny, 
and  identical  with  the  colour  of  the  Mongolian. 
Here,  as  in  other  matters,  superficial  observation 
has  led  even  educated  men  to  form  theories  that  can 
be  corrected  only  with  difficulty,  though  they  are 
not  based  on  well-attested  facts. 

I  have  often  been  surprised  at  the  native  intelli- 
gence and  refinement  which  are  found  on  these 
plains,  among  persons  who  are  classed  as  Indians. 
It  was  dny  custom,  during  many  years,  to  spend 
weeks  at  a  time  at  Saddle  Lake,  which  was  more 
than  a  hundred  miles  from  Edmonton  Fort.  In  the 
evening  the  chief  called  the  people  together  into 
his  tent  for  prayers.  When  these  were  over,  the 
chief  men  would  retire,  at  my  invitation,  to  the 


CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  INDIANS          105 

public  lodge,  and  there,  being  seated  in  a  circle, 
with  their  pipes  lighted,  at  the  expense  of  the 
missionary,  who  himself  neither  smoked  nor  used 
tobacco,  the  work  of  the  evening  would  begin,  and 
it  would  last  far  into  the  night,  and  even  till  the 
early  morning.  The  conversation  would  be  some- 
what as  follows  : 

'  Friends,  I  am  glad  to  meet  you  again.  You 
remember  what  I  have  said  before  ;  now  ask  me 
frankly  whatever  is  in  your  minds.' 

Then  there  would  be  silence  for  a  minute  or  two, 
for  it  is  part  of  the  dignity  of  the  Indian  never  to  be 
in  a  hurry.  Then  the  reply  would  be  made,  amid 
signs  of  general  assent: 

*  We  also  are  glad  to  meet  you  here ;  it  is  very 
good  of  you  to  come  so  far  to  teach  us  the  things 
of  religion  ;  we  are  poor  people,  and  very  few  care 
about  us.' 

Then  silence. 

'  As  you  are  so  kind,  we  would  like  to  ask  you 
some  questions.  Please  tell  us  what  is  the  Christian 
religion  ?' 

'  It  is  the  religion  which  Jesus  Christ  lived  and 
taught,  in  the  Holy  Land,  eighteen  hundred  years 
ago,  of  which  the  New  Testament  gives  us  an  ac- 
count. You  can  most  of  you  read  the  New  Testa- 
ment in  Cree.' 

'  Yes,  but  we  want  a  wise  teacher  to  explain 
things  to  us.  We  are  ignorant,  and  know  nothing.' 

'  God,  the  Great  Spirit,  knows  that,  and  it  is  to 
such  as  you  He  sends  His  Word,  or  Gospel,  and 


His  Church,  in  order  to  lead  you  in  the  heavenly 
way.' 

Sounds  of  assent. 

'Pray  tell  us  where  the  Christian  religion  came 
from.' 

Now  the  missionary  must  be  very  careful,  so  he 
replies  : 

'  This  form  of  it  which  I  bring  to  you  comes  from 
England  (not  from  Rome),  and  the  wise  men  of  the 
Church  teach,  that  the  English  Church  is  a  branch  of 
the  true  Christian  religion,  which  in  very  early  times 
was  planted  in  England  from  Jerusalem,  where  the 
religion  first  arose  as  the  Mother  Church.' 

'  Not  from  Rome,  then  ?' 

*  No,  not  from  Rome  at  first,  although  the  Roman 
is  a  very  ancient  form  of  the  Christian  religion ;  but 
it  got  changed  very  much,  and  both  became  closely 
connected  in  the  Middle  Ages,  until  the  period  of 
the  Great  Reformation.' 

Silence  for  several  minutes,  while  more  tobacco  is 
prepared  for  the  pipes. 

'Kindly  tell  us  what  a  Christian  man  ought  to 
believe.' 

'  He  must  believe  the  Creeds,  which  we  rehearse 
every  Sunday  and  whenever  we  worship,  and  this  is 
all  explained  more  fully  in  the  Bible,  and  in  the 
sermons  preached  by  the  clergymen.' 

'  What  shall  a  Christian  man  do  ?' 

'  A  Christian  man  must  keep  the  Commandments ; 
he  must  love  God  and  man,  and  learn  to  walk  all 
his  days  in  the  heavenly  way.  The  Saviour  estab- 


CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  INDIANS         107 

lished  in  His  Church  certain  rites  and  ordinances  ; 
through  the  observance  of  these  we  may  receive 
help  and  grace,  so  as  to  be  enabled  to  do  His  will.' 

'  Some  of  us  are  not  Christian  Indians,  and  we  do 
not  like  to  leave  the  way  of  our  fathers.  They  were 
often  good  men,  and  taught  us  to  fear  and  serve  the 
good  Spirit,  and  we  do  not  like  to  leave  the  way 
they  taught  us.  The  Christian  religion,  you  say, 
teaches  us  to  honour  our  parents.' 

'  You  do  well  to  reverence  your  ancestors,  and  to 
follow  their  ways  in  all  that  is  good  and  true.  But 
you  say  that  they  were  often  wise,  and  lived  accord- 
ing to  their  light ;  then,  if  a  brighter  light  had  come  to 
them,  they  would  have  received  it,  and  tried  to  live 
it ;  so  now,  if  they  could  speak,  and  their  voices 
could  be  heard  in  this  tent,  they  would  say,  "  This 
word  you  hear  is  better  light  than  we  had,  and  if  we 
had  heard  it  we  would  have  believed.  Children ! 
follow  the  highest  wisdom,  and  this  the  Christian 
religion  teaches.  We  would  embrace  that  religion 
were  we  living  in  the  world  now." 

In  no  part  of  the  world  could  a  teacher  of  religion 
be  more  wisely  questioned,  or  in  so  nice  a  way  ;  but 
the  fact  must  not  be  forgotten,  that  we  were  on  the 
prairies  of  North  America,  and  in  an  Indian  tent, 
surrounded  by  uncivilized  people  who  are  conscious 
of  their  ignorance.  Many  of  these  people  read  and 
write  the  Cree  character,  as  it  is  called,  with  much 
ease.  When  the  language  is  known,  a  few  weeks' 
practice  suffices  to  make  it  familiar  to  the  learner. 
The  Cree  language  is  regular  in  its  formations,  and 


io8     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

the  form  of  writing  it  is  stenographic.  For  some 
time  I  wondered  from  whom  it  was  derived,  but  no 
one  whom  I  knew  could  tell  me.  At  last  I  dis- 
covered that  a  Mr.  Evans,  a  Wesleyan  missionary 
in  these  territories,  was  its  originator.  He  had  in 
former  days  been  a  printer  and  reporter  in  England, 
so  he  made  blocks,  and  set  up  types,  and  with  great 
difficulty  printed  his  little  books  for  the  Indians,  and 
taught  them  to  read  his  method  of  writing  Cree. 
It  was,  in  fact,  the  ordinary  shorthand,  a  little 
changed,  which  was  in  common  use  fifty  years  ago, 
and  it  is  admirably  adapted  for  its  purpose,  with  its 
affixes,  and  suffixes,  and  stem-writing.  Many  men 
have  become  notable  for  a  less  useful  work  than 
this,  and  I  cannot  but  hold  Mr.  Evans'  name  in 
much  honour.  This  good  missionary  is  a  type  of 
the  devoted  men  who  for  many  years  have  sacrificed 
themselves  on  these  plains,  but  who  are  scarcely 
remembered  by  those  who  reap  the  harvest  of  their 
toils.  Mr.  John  McLean,  in  his  '  Notes  of  a  Twenty- 
five  Years'  Service  in  the  Hudson  Bay  Territory,' 
says :  '  The  Rev.  Mr.  Evans,  a  man  no  less  remark- 
able for  genuine  piety  than  for  energy  and  decision 
of  character,  had  been  present  at  several  of  the 
annual  meetings  of  the  Indians  at  Manitonlin  Island, 
and  he  felt  his  sympathy  deeply  awakened  by  the 
sight  of  their  degradation  and  spiritual  destitution. 
While  thus  affected  he  received  an  invitation  from 
the  American  Episcopal  Methodists  to  go  as  a 
missionary  to  the  Indians  resident  in  the  Union. 
Feeling,  however,  that  his  services  were  rather  due 


MR.  EVANS  109 

to  his  fellow-subjects,  he  resolved  to  devote  his 
labours  and  life  to  the  tribes  residing  in  the  Hudson 
Bay  Territory.  Having  made  known  his  intentions 
to  the  Canada  Conference,  he,  together  with  Messrs. 
Thomas  Hurlburt  and  Peter  Jacobs,  was  by  them 
appointed  a  missionary,  and  at  their  charges  sent 
to  that  territory.  No  application  was  made  to  the 
company,  and  neither  encouragement  nor  support 
was  expected  from  them.  Mr.  Evans  and  his 
brother  missionaries  began  their  operations  by  raising 
with  their  own  hands  a  house  at  the  Pic,  themselves 
cutting  and  hauling  the  timber  on  the  ice.  They 
obtained,  indeed,  a  temporary  lodging  at  Fort 
Michipicoton ;  and  they  not  only  found  their  own 
provisions,  but  also  materially  increased  the  comforts 
of  the  establishment  by  their  success  in  fishing  and 
hunting.  Late  in  the  fall,  accompanied  by  two 
Indian  boys  in  a  small  canoe,  Mr.  Evans  made  a 
voyage  to  Sault  St.  Marie  for  provisions.  On  this 
expedition,  which  was  rendered  doubly  hazardous 
by  the  lateness  of  the  season  and  the  inexperience 
of  his  companions,  he  more  than  once  narrowly 
escaped  being  lost. 

'  Returning  next  season  to  Canada  for  his  family, 
he  met  Sir  G.  Simpson  on  Lake  Superior.  Having 
learned  that  the  mission  was  already  established, 
and  likely  to  succeed,  Sir  George  received  him  with 
the  utmost  urbanity,  treating  him  not  only  with 
kindness,  but  even  with  distinction.  He  expressed 
the  highest  satisfaction  at  the  establishment  of  the 
mission,  promised  him  his  utmost  support,  and  at 


no    TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

length  proposed  an  arrangement  which,  however 
auspicious  for  the  infant  mission,  was  ultimately 
found  to  be  very  prejudicial  to  it. 

'  The  caution  of  Mr.  Evans  was  completely  lulled 
asleep  by  the  apparent  kindness  of  the  Governor, 
and  the  hearty  warmth  with  which  he  seemed  to 
enter  into  his  views.  Sir  George  proposed  that 
missionaries  should  hold  the  same  rank,  and  receive 
the  same  allowance,  as  the  wintering  partners  or 
commissioned  officers,  and  that  canoes  and  other 
means  of  conveyance  should  be  furnished  to  the 
missionaries  for  their  expeditions.  It  did  not  seem 
unreasonable  to  stipulate  that,  in  return  for  these 
substantial  benefits,  they  should  do  or  say  nothing 
prejudicial  to  the  company's  interests,  either  among 
the  natives  or  in  their  reports  to  the  Conference  in 
England,  to  whose  jurisdiction  the  mission  was 
transferred.  The  great  evil  of  this  arrangement 
was,  that  the  missionaries,  instead  of  being  the 
servants  of  God,  and  accountable  to  Him  alone, 
became  the  servants  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Company, 
and  dependent  on  and  amenable  to  them.  The 
committee  were,  of  course,  to  be  the  sole  judges  of 
what  was  or  was  not  prejudicial  to  their  interests. 
Still,  it  is  impossible  to  blame  very  severely  either  Mr. 
Evans  or  the  Conference  for  accepting  offers  which 
were  apparently  so  advantageous,  or  even  for  con- 
senting to  certain  restrictions  in  publishing  their 
reports.  With  the  assistance  and  co-operation  of 
the  company,  great  good  might  be  effected  ;  with  the 
hostility  of  a  corporation  which  was  all  but  omni- 


MR.  EVANS  in 

potent   within    its    own    domain    and    among   the 
Indians,  the  post  might  not  be  tenable. 

'  For  some  time  matters  went  on  smoothly.  By 
the  indefatigable  exertions  of  Mr.  Evans  and  his 
fellow-workers,  aided  also  by  Mrs.  Evans,  who 
devoted  much  of  her  time  and  labour  to  the  instruc- 
tion of  the  females,  a  great  reformation  was  effected 
in  the  habits  and  morals  of  the  Indians.  But  Mr. 
Evans  soon  perceived  that  without  books  printed  in 
the  Indian  language  little  permanent  good  would  be 
realized ;  he  therefore  wrote  to  the  London  Confer- 
ence to  send  him  a  printing-press  and  types,  with 
characters  of  a  simple  phonetic  kind,  which  he  had 
himself  invented,  and  of  which  he  gave  them  a 
copy.  The  press  was  procured  without  delay,  but 
was  detained  in  London  by  the  Governor  and  com- 
mittee ;  and  though  they  were  again  and  again 
petitioned  to  forward  it,  they  flatly  refused.  Mr. 
Evans,  however,  was  not  a  man  to  be  turned  aside 
from  his  purpose.  With  his  characteristic  energy, 
he  set  to  work,  and,  having  invented  an  alphabet  of 
a  more  simple  kind,  he  with  his  penknife  cut  the 
types,  and  formed  the  letters  from  musket  bullets ; 
then  he  constructed  a  rude  sort  of  press,  and,  aided 
by  Mrs.  Evans  as  a  compositor,  he  at  length  suc- 
ceeded in  printing  prayers,  and  hymns,  and  passages 
of  Scripture  for  the  use  of  the  Indians.  Finding 
their  object  in  detaining  the  press  thus  baffled,  the 
Governor  and  committee  deemed  it  expedient  to 
forward  it,  but  with  the  express  stipulation  that 
everything  printed  should  be  sent  to  the  commander 


ii2     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

of  the  post  as  censor,  before  it  was  published  among 
the  Indians.  This  was  among  the  first  causes  of 
distrust  and  dissatisfaction. 

'  Not  long  after,  finding  that  the  missions  he  had 
hitherto  superintended  were  in  such  a  state  of  pro- 
gress that  he  might  safely  leave  them  to  the  care  of 
his  fellow-labourers,  Mr.  Evans  resolved  to  proceed 
to  Athabasca,  and  establish  a  mission  there.  Having 
gone,  as  usual,  to  the  commander  of  the  post  to  obtain 
the  necessary  provision,  and  a  canoe  and  boatmen, 
he  was  received  with  unusual  coldness.  He  asked  for 
provisions,  none  could  be  given ;  he  offered  to  pur- 
chase them,  the  commander  refused  to  sell  him  any; 
he  begged  a  canoe,  it  was  denied  him ;  and  finally, 
when  he  entreated  that,  if  he  should  be  able  to  pro- 
cure these  necessaries  elsewhere,  he  might  at  least 
be  allowed  to  take  a  couple  of  men  to  assist  him  on 
the  voyage,  he  was  answered  that  none  would  be 
allowed  to  go  on  that  service.  Deeply  grieved,  but 
nothing  daunted,  Mr.  Evans  procured  these  neces- 
saries from  private  resources,  and  proceeded  on  the 
voyage.  But  a  sad  calamity  put  a  stop  to  it.  In 
handing  his  gun  to  the  interpreter,  it  accidentally 
went  off,  and  the  charge  lodging  in  the  interpreter's 
breast,  it  killed  him  instantaneously.  Mr.  Evans  was 
thus  compelled  to  return,  in  a  state  of  mind  border- 
ing on  distraction.  His  zeal  and  piety  promised  the 
best  results  to  the  spiritual  and  eternal  interests  of 
his  Indian  brethren.  His  talents,  energy,  and  fer- 
tility of  resource,  which  seemed  to  rise  with  every 
obstacle,  had  the  happiest  effects  on  their  temporal 


MR.  EVANS  113 

well-being ;  and  his  mild  and  winning  manners  en- 
deared him  to  all  the  Indians.  But  his  useful  and 
honourable  career  was  now  drawing  to  a  close.  The 
mournful  accident  already  alluded  to  had  affected 
his  health,  and  he  had  received  his  death-blow. 

'  Yet,  obnoxious  as  he  had  become  to  the  com- 
pany, and  formidable  to  their  interests  as  they 
might  deem  one  of  his  talents  and  indomitable 
resolution  to  be,  the  final  blow  was  not  struck  by 
them.  It  was  dealt  by  a  false  brother — by  one  who 
had  eaten  of  his  bread,  by  a  familiar  friend  with 
whom  he  had  taken  swee-t  counsel.  Charges  affect- 
ing his  character,  both  as  a  man  and  as  a  minister, 
of  the  foulest  and  blackest  kind,  were  transmitted  to 
the  Conference  by  a  brother  missionary.  To  answer 
these  charges,  which  were  as  false  as  they  were  foul, 
he  was  compelled  to  leave  the  churches  which  he 
had  planted  and  watered,  to  bid  adieu  to  the  people 
whose  salvation  had  been  for  years  the  sole  object  of 
his  life,  and  to  undertake  a  voyage  of  five  thousand 
miles,  in  order  to  appear  before  his  brethren  as  a 
criminal. 

'  As  a  criminal,  indeed,  he  was  received ;  yet,  after 
an  investigation  which  was  begun  and  carried  on  in 
no  very  friendly  spirit  to  him,  the  truth  prevailed. 
He  was  declared  innocent,  and  the  right  hand  of 
fellowship  was  again  extended  to  him.  He  made  a 
short  tour  through  England,  and  was  everywhere 
received  with  respect,  and  affection,  and  sympathy. 
But  anxiety,  and  grief,  and  shame  had  done  their 
work.  Scarcely  three  weeks  had  passed  by,  when 

8 


H4     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

one  evening  he  was  visiting,  with  Mrs.  Evans,  in 
the  family  of  a  friend.  He  seemed  to  have  recovered 
much  of  his  wonted  cheerfulness,  but  late  in  the 
evening  Mrs.  Evans,  who  had  retired  for  a  few 
minutes,  was  suddenly  summoned  back  to  the  room, 
only  to  see  her  husband  pass  away  into  that  land 
where  "  the  wicked  cease  from  troubling."  The 
cause  of  his  death  was  an  affection  of  the  heart. 
And  that  man — the  slanderer,  the  murderer  of  this 
martyred  missionary — what  punishment  was  inflicted 
on  him  ?  He  is  to  this  day  unpunished.  He  yet  lives 
in  the  Hudson  Bay  Territory,  the  disgrace  and  the 
opprobrium  of  his  profession  and  his  Church.' 

This  story  is  given  as  related  by  another  person, 
because  Mr.  McLean  was  acquainted  with  the  cir- 
cumstances, and  I  was  anxious  to  keep  in  the  public 
memory  so  remarkable  a  benefactor  of  the  Indians 
and  half-races  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Territory.  His 
experience  may  very  possibly  be  repeated  even  in 
these  later  times.  It  is  a  standing  danger  in  the 
way  of  even  the  noblest  and  bravest  missionary. 
The  more  conscientious  and  self-sacrificing  he  may 
be,  the  greater  is  the  danger  of  his  being  misunder- 
stood, misrepresented,  maligned,  and  persecuted. 
A  few  years  ago  there  was  no  baseness  that  would 
fail  to  find  its  agents  close  at  hand,  and  an  apostle 
of  ancient  days  would  easily  have  found  his  cross, 
and  a  shameful  martyrdom.  I  was  especially  in- 
terested in  reading  this  account  of  Mr.  Evans, 
inasmuch  as,  twenty-five  years  ago,  before  there  was 
much  travel  on  the  beautiful  Muskoka  Lakes,  I  fell 


MR.  EVANS  115 

in  with  two  fellow-travellers,  in  crossing  a  portage 
between  Rosseau  Lake  and  Muskoka  Lake,  and  one 
of  them  was  a  well-dressed  Indian,  speaking  correct 
English ;  but  he  was  intoxicated,  and  was  carrying 
liquor  with  him.  He  could  not  have  been  more  vile 
in  his  behaviour,  and  he  volunteered  to  tell  us  his 
name  and  his  former  profession,  and  declared  that, 
on  his  visit  to  England,  he  had  been  introduced  to 
the  Queen  as  an  Indian  missionary  from  the  Hudson 
Bay  Territories.  I  shall  never  forget  the  disgust 
which  I  felt  and  expressed,  although  we  were  in  a 
lonely  region,  and  an  accident  of  shooting  or  stab- 
bing might  easily  have  occurred.  This  creature  was 
the  vile  Judas  who  had  been  the  agent  of  Mr. 
Evans'  martyrdom — but  what  an  agent  to  be  used 
in  such  a  business  ! 

A  great  deal  has  been  said  about  the  trading  of 
missionaries  in  these  territories,  and  their  traffic  in 
furs  in  the  days  when  fur  was  abundant ;  much  of 
what  was  said  arose  from  jealousy,  lest  the  trade 
should  be  diverted  from  the  hands  that  held  it... 
The  reports  were  rather  preventive  than  real,  and 
any  apparent  liberality  of  a  fur  company  might  thus 
be  accounted  for.  Long  ago  a  missionary  had  no 
means  of  sending  any  fur  out  of  the  country,  and 
every  skin  he  possessed  would  be  well  known  at 
the  forts.  The  missionary  simply  could  not  trade 
until  most  of  the  fur  was  exhausted  and  the  country 
was  opened  up  to  the  '  free  traders,'  whose  advent 
was  of  quite  a  late  date — say  about  1870.  If  a 
missionary  visited  an  encampment  at  a  distance 

8—2 


n6     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

from  his  residence,  and  took  any  provisions  with 
him  for  personal  use,  such  as  flour,  tea,  or  sugar, 
the  Indians  would  think  him  very  mean  if  he  refused 
to  part  with  a  portion  to  women  or  sick  people 
who  required  their  use,  and  were  far  from  the  forts, 
where  they  could  be  obtained  and  exchanged  for 
furs ;  and  yet  if  the  missionary,  with  his  limited 
means,  had  done  what  the  traders  did,  and  given 
kind  for  kind,  he  would  have  been  branded  as  a 
trader  who,  while  professing  to  be  seeking  the 
spiritual  good  of  the  Indians,  was  making  himself 
rich  at  the  expense  of  his  position.  Missionary 
societies  would  have  heard  the  garbled  story,  and 
most  likely  would  have  recalled  him  as  unworthy 
of  his  profession.  Flour  worth  five  pounds  a  bag, 
and  tea  five  shillings  a  pound,  must  be  given  away, 
and  the  skins  must  be  left  behind  for  the  fur  trader, 
who  made  it  his  business  to  collect  furs,  and  who 
had  no  religious  profession  to  hinder  his  making  a 
large  profit.  During  a  course  of  twenty  years  I 
have  not  even  received  a  rabbit-skin  from  an  Indian, 
to  say  nothing  of  more  valuable  furs.  Two  buffalo 
robes  were  presented  to  me,  one  by  a  gentleman  of 
the  Mounted  Police  Force,  and  another  as  the 
Christmas-gift  of  my  people  at  All  Saints',  Edmonton. 
When  I  wanted  fur  robes  for  my  journeys,  I  went 
to  the  fort,  and  paid  Montreal  prices  for  buffalo 
robes  of  second  and  third-rate  quality,  which  were 
the  only  ones  procurable.  Every  valuable  robe 
was  precious,  and  sent  away  to  Montreal  to 
enhance  the  reputation  of  the  local  agent  for  in- 


MR.  EVANS  117 

dustry  in  forwarding   the   best   skins   to   the  front 
markets. 

Criticism  on  missionaries  has  often  been  unfair, 
and  utterly  unworthy  of  generous  minds,  who  might 
look  with  kindly  eye  upon  even  the  most  crack- 
brained  enthusiasts,  in  consideration  of  good  inten- 
tion, and  the  life  of  self-sacrifice  which  their  work 
requires. 


CHAPTER  XVI. 

LAND  RIGHTS  OF  FIRST  SETTLERS. 

TO  one  who  was  accustomed  in  early  life  to  the 
quiet  orderliness  and  the  almost  cast-iron 
customs  and  habits  of  English  life,  the  changes 
which  I  have  observed  here  in  Edmonton  during 
the  last  twenty  years  are  very  interesting.  Not  far 
away  from  me  now  the  Indians  are  just  leaving  off 
making  flints  for  their  arrow-heads,  and  bushels  of 
these  flints  may  be  picked  up  on  the  old  camping- 
grounds.  When  I  began  my  work,  the  soil  of  my 
garden  had  never  before  been  cultivated  ;  it  was 
virgin  soil,  fresh  from  the  hands  of  the  Creator. 
Through  long  centuries  the  same  grass  had  flowered 
and  cast  its  seed ;  and  the  wild-roses  summer  by 
summer  had  bloomed,  and  thrown  around  their 
fragrance.  The  willow  -  bushes  had  waved  their 
branches,  unmolested  by  the  hand  of  man,  for  thou- 
sands of  years.  But  now  the  land  has  been  broken 
up,  and  the  spade,  the  hoe,  and  the  plough  are  in 
use.  Fresh  seeds  are  sown,  both  for  use  and  for 
ornament,  and  trees  are  brought  from  afar  which 
revive  old  memories,  the  planter  hoping  they  will 


LAND  RIGHTS  OF  FIRST  SETTLERS          119 

take  kindly  to  the  new  soil  and  thrive  in  the  new 
surroundings ;  and  this  they  sometimes,  but  not 
always,  do. 

It  seems  as  if  no  one  country  could  be  altogether 
like  another ;  even  in  aspect  it  must  vary,  and  show 
certain  differences.  The  sentiments  and  the  thoughts 
of  human  beings  are  influenced  and  moulded  by 
fresh  conditions,  and  consequently  much  of  the  old 
remains,  while  the  new  is  not  quite  new.  Old  and 
new  commingle  so  as  to  produce  fresh  forms  of  civil- 
ization, even  when  new  lands  are  inhabited  by  ancient 
or  imported  races.  The  freshness  there  is  in  the 
commonest  things  fills  the  mind  with  uncertainty, 
and  yet  with  an  unlimited  hopefulness.  We  do  not 
know  what  is  about  to  happen  when  we  sow  the 
seed  or  plant  the  trees ;  but  we  feel  that  anything 
is  possible  in  new  lands,  and  that  any  day  great  dis- 
coveries may  be.  made  which  may  prove  of  the  highest 
importance  to  the  world.  We  bore  for  oil,  we  search 
for  gold,  we  open  coal-mines,  full  of  expectation, 
and  such  enterprises  consciously  or  unconsciously 
mould  our  inner  thought  and  feeling.  We  have 
nothing  old  to  fall  back  upon ;  we  must  make  all 
things  new,  since  the  old  will  not  fit  the  new  circum- 
stances. 

At  first,  even  if  we  had  an  abundance  of  money, 
it  would  be  out  of  place  to  build  palaces ;  log-houses 
fit  the  passing  conditions,  and  we  build  and  plant 
for  awhile,  living  as  close  as  possible  to  Nature. 
By-and-by  we  decide  to  erect  permanent  dwellings, 
when  Nature  is  fairly  conquered  and  life  humanized  ; 


120     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

but  everything  must  come  in  its  proper  place  and 
time.  Our  politic  relations  grow  in  a  similar  way. 
First  we  have  the  district  meeting,  which  is  to 
arrange  about  our  roads,  and  our  schools,  and  the 
other  primitive  wants  of  the  neighbourhood.  Then 
we  take  in  the  township,  the  county,  and  the  pro- 
vince. These  are  joined  to  an  older  or  larger  pro- 
vince, and  then  these  provinces  unite  to  send 
representatives  to  a  general  Parliament,  which 
reacts  on  us  by  ensuring  social  order,  and  making 
laws  which  will  supplement  our  local  institutions, 
and  weld  us  together  as  one  responsible  people. 

A  careful  observer  is  struck  with  the  naturalness 
of  these  arrangements.  They  are  the  working  out 
of  conditions  which  require  little  statesmanship, 
only  the  most  plodding  common-sense.  Confedera- 
tion is  the  simple  hanging  together  of  a  chain  of 
provinces  which  are  similar  in  climate  and  circum- 
stances, without  the  inward  union  out  of  which  real 
nationalities  grow.  To  make  a  people  one,  some  great 
common  idea  and  sentiment  must  be  cherished, 
which  will  give  them  a  common  life,  that  is  sure  to 
demand  organization. 

At  present  the  question  arises,  as  we  think  of  the 
future  of  Canada,  Where  is  the  uniting  principle 
that  will  make  us  a  real  nation  ?  Is  it  to  be  found 
in  religion  ?  That  is  the  first  bond  of  nations.  Alas  ! 
we  are  divided  into  a  hundred  jarring  sects,  and 
these  conflict  in  every  settlement,  and  village,  and 
city  throughout  the  land.  Is  the  union  one  of  poli- 
tics ?  All  the  provinces  fight  for  their  own  hand,  in 


LAND  RIGHTS  OF  FIRST  SETTLERS  121 

order  to  get  their  own  men  into  power ;  and  the 
chief  object,  apart  from  personal  ambition,  is  to 
obtain  grants  of  money  from  the  general  funds  for 
the  local  advantage  of  the  districts.  Is  the  uniting 
principle  loyalty  to  Great  Britain  ?  If  England 
would  let  the  provinces  do  what  they  wish,  and  the 
mother-country  would  bear  the  expense  of  empire 
uncomplainingly,  the  feeling  of  loyalty  to  the  Queen 
might,  in  time  of  strain,  hold  the  provinces  together. 
But  distance  from  the  centre  of  empire,  differences 
in  circumstances  which  may  easily  occasion  misunder- 
standing, and  the  self-sufficiency  which  is  character- 
istic of  young  nations,  will  greatly  try  this  loyalty  to 
England,  as  the  basis  and  inspiration  of  Canadian 
national  unity. 

The  Divine  Providence  alone  knows  what  will 
make  a  nation  of  us ;  but  we  are  now  a  people 
full  of  confusion,  and  without  either  conscious  aims 
or  a  manifest  destiny.  Then,  the  changes  that  are 
passing  around  us  speak  loudly  of  the  first  principles 
of  law  and  order.  Here  we  have,  for  example,  the 
land  question,  which  Nature  herself  is  teaching  us 
and  solving  for  us.  Land  is  abundant,  and  it  is  of 
no  use  or  worth  until  it  is  occupied  and  cultivated — 
until  a  man  puts  his  labour  into  it,  and  lives  a  hard 
life  while  he  is  preparing  it  for  a  crop.  It  is  his 
honest  toil  which  makes  the  land  his  own.  Even 
the  Indians  are  growing  out  of  associated  labour, 
and  taking  up  homesteads  of  their  own.  In  a 
neighbourly  way  one  settler  helps  another,  and 
receives  the  labour  back  again.  Men  see  plainly 


122     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

enough  that  holding  land  in  association,  and  working 
it  together,  would  not  be  a  just  mode,  or  one  that 
could  be  successful  in  husbandry.  The  growth  of 
the  Socialistic  spirit  in  our  new  conditions  of  life  is 
never  even  thought  of  as  possible.  The  universal 
feeling  is,  that  if  a  man  wants  land  he  must  go  on 
a  piece  set  apart  for  him,  and  improve  it  by  his 
own  labour,  and  make  an  estate  for  himself  and 
his  family,  on  which  he  may  live  an  independent 
life,  and  so  form  a  part  of  a  general  voluntary 
society. 

Socialism  in  land  may  be  the  dream  of  congested 
cities,  and  of  mechanics  in  towns  who  toil  hard  for 
daily  bread ;  but  it  will  not  lift  its  head  in  such 
countries  as  North- West  Canada,  where  land  is 
abundant,  and  the  toil  of  cultivating  it  is  great. 
Why  does  not  the  Socialist  take  up  his  common 
right  with  us  ?  We  will  not  hinder  him ;  but  if 
after  ten  years'  experience  he  remains  Socialist,  and 
wishes  to  put  his  theory  on  land  into  practice,  he 
will  find  himself  the  butt  of  universal  laughter,  and 
simple  common-sense  will  cover  him  with  ridicule. 

The  notions  which  cause  so  much  commotion  in 
Europe,  if  they  were  tested  in  our  new  conditions, 
where  they  would  have  fair  play,  and  could  be  tried 
even  by  those  who  believe  in  them,  would  soon 
demonstrate  themselves,  and  show  their  inutility  for 
the  production  of  human  prosperity  and  happiness. 
Honest  labour  alone  will  make  true  wealth,  and  land 
is  yet  abundant  in  God's  great  world,  where  all  could 
be  fed  and  clothed  if  the  Divine  laws  were  but 


LAND  RIGHTS  OF  FIRST  SETTLERS  123 

efficiently  carried  out.  Crude  notions  and  intellec- 
tual dreams  cannot  cheat  Nature.  She  placidly  lets 
her  children  try  their  whims,  but  behind  her  hand  is 
surely  hid  her  rod  for  punishment,  when  those  whims 
are  false,  however  decorated  they  may  be  with  the 
names  of  wisdom  and  philosophy. 

What  can  be  a  greater  folly  in  these  new  countries 
than  the  idea  of  placing  the  chief  national  taxation 
on  the  land,  in  order  that  it  may  bear  the  chief 
burden  of  the  State  ?  We  are  in  the  process  of 
beginning  to  exist ;  our  wealth  has  to  be  made.  Our 
anxiety  at  first  is  how  to  live  at  all.  To  take  up 
land,  and  to  work  it,  is  to  begin  the  fight  for  bread, 
and  very  often  it  is  a  life-and-death  struggle  for 
many  long  years.  Is  it  fair,  or  right,  or  even 
prudent,  to  '  kill  the  goose  that  lays  the  golden 
egg'?  What  are  manufactures,  and  merchants, 
and  professions,  without  agriculture  as  a  thriving 
industry  ?  Absolutely  nothing.  The  land  is  the 
mother  who  feeds  them  all.  Who  turned  our 
prairies  into  farms,  and  gave  them  value  ?  The 
men  who  rescued  the  soil  and  made  it  useful.  No 
Government  did  it ;  no  merchant  or  manufacturer 
did  it.  Who,  then,  can  ever  claim,  on  any  ground 
of  justice,  the  right  to  oppress  this  interest  ?  or,  even 
on  State-social  theories,  to  take  the  land  from  its 
owners  for  some  supposed  national  good  ?  The  land 
is,  with  us,  pre-eminently  real  estate,  and  it  is  given, 
at  first  hand,  by  Heaven  to  the  first  cultivator,  who 
has  a  title  which  is  as  ancient  as  the  title  to  the 
Garden  of  Eden.  For  '  the  Lord  God  took  the  man, 


124    TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

and  put  him  into  the  Garden  of  Eden,  to  dress  it 
and  to  keep  it.' 

This  reasoning  does  not  apply  to  the  land  which 
is  given  away,  and  held,  by  the  favour  of  men  in 
power,  for  mere  speculative  purposes.     Such  land  is 
to  be  sold  again  when  the  labour  of  the  husbandman 
has  made  it  valuable  in  the  market.     This  misuse  of 
land,  this  stealing  of  God's  domain  from  the  poor 
and   the   landless,    is   a   grievous  sin  and   iniquity, 
which  will  cry  to  heaven  for  vengeance  on  the  guilty 
and  those  who  rob  God.    Such  speculation  in  public 
lands  anywhere  is  the  seed  of  revolutions  that  almost 
justify  the  basest  passions  and  the  most  universal 
anarchy.     No  crime  has  been  more  common  than 
this  among  public  men   throughout  the  American 
Continent.     Extreme  Socialists  and  Nihilists  fasten 
their  eyes  on  riches  gathered  in  such  ways,  and  they 
forget  the  self-sacrifice  and  toil  of  the  many  in  their 
disgust  at  the  riches  of  the  few  and  the  unscrupulous. 
They  are  not  in  the  mood  to  remember  the  wisdom 
of  the  householder,  who  said  of  the  wheat  and  the 
tares,  '  Let  both  grow  together  until  the  harvest,  and 
in  the  time  of  harvest  I  will  say  to  the    reapers, 
Gather  ye  together  first  the  tares,  and  bind  them 
in   bundles   to  burn  them ;    but   gather  the  wheat 
into  my  barn.' 

Among  other  changes  taking  place,  there  is  the 
growth  of  villages  and  towns.  But  yesterday  the 
land  was  all  solitude,  and  now  on  all  sides  arise 
centres  of  business  which,  to  avoid  offence,  must  be 
gravely  designated  cities.  Some  enterprising  persons 


LAND  RIGHTS  OF  FIRST  SETTLERS  125 

get  land  surveyed  into  small  lots ;  advertise  the 
place  as  the  centre  of  everything  and  everywhere ;  a 
store  is  set  up,  a  hotel,  a  room  for  a  meeting-place, 
a  blacksmith's  shop,  and  a  church  for  every  de- 
nomination ;  and  if  fortune  favour  the  audacity,  the 
place  grows  for  a  time,  lots  are  bought  and  sold, 
until  a  rush  takes  place  to  see  what  can  be  '  made,' 
and  then  all  sorts  of  people  congregate,  and  en- 
deavour to  outwit  one  another.  Often,  in  these 
incipient  towns,  it  is  as  well  not  to  inquire  particu- 
larly what  the  idea  and  practice  of  the  moralities 
are.  It  is  not  long  ago  since  it  was  considered  a 
witticism  worthy  of  laughter  to  exclaim :  '  The 
Almighty  has  not  got  so  far  as  this  yet ' — a  saying 
that  is  suggestive  to  a  wise  and  thoughtful  man  of 
the  condition  of  things  if  all  churches  and  religious 
institutions  were  absent,  or  if  the  culture  of  the 
sense  of  God  in  the  human  soul  were  neglected  as  a 
basis  of  civilization.  The  missionary  comes  face  to 
face,  in  a  very  vivid  manner,  with  the  fact  that 
without  religion  civilization  could  not  exist.  Man- 
kind, especially  the  so-called  civilized  humanity, 
would  quickly  degenerate  into  mere  animal  life,  and 
the  dwelling-places  of  men  would  become  dens  of 
misery  by  reason  of  the  lawlessness  of  their  greed, 
and  of  their  other  base  passions.  By-and-by  this 
rowdyism  gives  way  to  a  better  condition  of  things, 
as  people  of  more  settled  habits  find  their  way  into 
a  new  district ;  but  it  is  always  a  long  time  before 
the  intense  restlessness  of  these  populations  is 
conquered,  and  that  spirit  of  reverence  and  repose 


126     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

comes  which  alone  forms  a  proper  basis  for  the 
higher  intellectual  and  religious  life.  It  is  true  that 
we  have  a  certain  surface  intelligence  and  sharpness 
in  our  new  communities,  but  learning,  in  any  real 
sense,  is  seldom  met  with.  We  cannot  appreciate  it, 
and  it  is  generally  looked  upon  as  a  useless  incum- 
brance.  The  question  is  often  asked,  What  use  is 
it  ?  will  it  bring  money  ?  Education  comprises 
simply  arithmetic,  writing  a  fair  hand,  the  elements 
of  grammar,  and  a  smattering  of  history,  compiled 
by  almost  anybody  who  can  get  his  books  introduced 
into  the  public  schools ;  but  the  idea  of  correct 
thinking,  the  discipline  of  mind,  or  body,  or  spirit, 
in  order  that  the  purposes  of  life  may  be  wisely 
fulfilled,  is  almost  nowhere  found ;  the  one  idea  is  to 
get  on,  to  make  an  appearance,  to  have  a  good  time 
— in  a  word,  to  enjoy  the  physical  life  to  its  utmost. 
In  our  state  of  society  a  man  who  reads,  and  thinks, 
and  lives  a  life  of  contemplation,  who  has  an  ideal  of 
any  kind  that  he  wishes  to  realize,  is  likely  to  be 
regarded  as  a  crank,  or  a  very  peculiar  person  ;  and 
however  gentle  in  manner  he  may  be,  he  is  almost 
always  disliked,  and  if  he  should  have  the  slightest  in- 
dependence of  spirit,  he  will  soon  be  even  hated.  Such 
men  sometimes  come  and  look  on  things  for  awhile, 
but  then  quickly  fly  away  to  other  climes  where  they 
may  be  at  rest.  Yet  these  are  the  men  we  so  greatly 
need,  as  an  influence  to  quicken  us  to  higher  things, 
and  to  show  us  what  civilization  really  is.  Men  may 
be  contented  with  themselves,  because  they  know  no 
better,  or  they  may  have  lost  their  sense  of  the  value 


LAND  RIGHTS  OF  FIRST  SETTLERS  127 

of  deep  thought  and  feeling,  and  then  the  scholar, 
the  poet,  the  artist,  the  cultivated  teacher  of  religion, 
are  necessary,  and  all  the  more  necessary  in  that  at 
first  they  are  so  little  valued  and  welcomed. 

It  is  not  long  since  I  was  on  a  visit  to  a  distant 
part  of  my  mission,  and  was  receiving  the  hospi- 
tality of  a  retired  trader.  He  was  an  old  man,  and 
had  lived  for  years  in  the  Mackenzie  River  district, 
seeing  little  of  human  life,  and  only  reading  of  it  in 
books  and  newspapers.  He  had,  however,  thought 
a  good  deal,  and  the  desire  possessed  him  to  settle 
where  there  were  more  people,  so  that  in  his  old 
age  he  might  gather  around  him  a  few  rays  of 
civilization,  and  some  of  the  blessings  it  should 
bring.  Looking  earnestly  in  my  face,  he  said  : 
'  May  I  ask  you  a  question  ?  Is  that  civilization 

which  I  see  when  I  go  into  ?'  He  had  not 

realized  his  ideal ;  he  was  simply  shocked  to  find 
'  white  men '  contented  with  a  condition  of  morals 
and  manners  that  was  in  no  way  better  than  could 
be  found  around  mission-stations  in  the  most  distant 
settlements.  It  is  this  kind  of  civilization  which 
does  such  great  harm  in  these  districts  among  the 
natives  of  the  country.  They  first  look  on  with 
surprise  and  revulsion,  then  they  imitate,  and 
quickly  and  wildly  rush  on  to  their  own  utter 
extinction. 

For  sixteen  years,  in  a  country  as  large  as 
England,  while  these  changes  were  taking  place,  I 
was  the  only  clergyman  of  the  Church  of  England. 
I  had  to  cover  this  ground,  and  to  travel  everywhere 


128     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

alone,  as  I  could  not  afford  a  servant.  Alone  I 
crossed  the  rivers,  slept  at  night  wherever  I  could, 
and  often  simply  under  the  trees,  and  miles  away 
from  any  human  being.  Alone  I  attended  to  my 
horse,  and  prepared  my  meals.  If  people  were  sick 
they  sent  for  me.  If  children  were  to  be  baptized, 
or  parties  wanted  to  be  married,  I  had  to  go  any- 
where for  the  service.  Now,  in  1895,  in  a  few  chief 
centres,  there  are  other  clergymen  carrying  on  the 
work,  and  doing  their  best  to  grapple  with  the 
difficulties  of  a  large  and  very  mixed  immigration.  I 
am  supposed  to  be  retired,  after  twenty  years  of  this 
real  missionary  work,  to  a  parish  eight  miles  square, 
where  I  can  do  the  duties  of  a  country  priest,  and 
comfort  myself  with  the  thought  that  I  belong  to 
the  class  of  country  clergymen  who,  like  Herbert 
and  Keble,  are  the  glory  of  the  Church  of  England. 
Once  I  broke  down  when  on  a  journey  by  a  lonely 
road.  I  was  trying  to  repair  a  broken  screw  of  my 
conveyance,  when  there  came  along  four  persons. 
One  was  an  American,  travelling  to  view  the 
country ;  the  others  knew  me  well,  and  with  great 
readiness  gave  me  their  assistance  in  repairing  the 
accident.  The  American,  observing  the  manner  of 
my  native  friends,  came  up  to  me,  and  in  his 
friendly  fashion  said :  '  Sir,  may  I  ask  who  you  are, 
and  what  is  your  station  in  the  Church  ?  Are  you 
Archdeacon,  Bishop,  or  what  ?'  Not  expecting 
these  questions,  I  could  only  reply  :  '  No  ;  I  am  none 
of  these,  and  I  have  no  ambition  for  such  offices.  I 
have  only  wished  for  many  years  to  be  the  good 


LAND  RIGHTS  OF  FIRST  SETTLERS  129 

Samaritan  of  this  whole  country-side.'  With  a 
bright  light  in  his  eyes  the  American  answered  : 
'  Thank  you,  sir,  that  will  do,'  and  went  on  his  way. 
This  reply  of  mine  was  quite  unpremeditated,  but 
on  full  reflection  I  am  quite  contented  with  it.  Still, 
as  ever,  the  lowliest  service  is  the  highest  in  the 
Church  of  Him  who  came  '  not  to  be  ministered  unto 
but  to  minister,  and  to  give  His  life  a  ransom  for 
many.' 


CHAPTER  XVII. 
DIFFICULTIES  OF  CHURCH  WORK. 

MISSIONARY  work  in  this  far  North-West 
has  three  branches.  There  is  the  Indian 
work,  the  town  work,  and  the  work  of  the  travelling 
missionary  among  the  settlers.  As  we  are  situated 
now,  the  Indian  work  is  the  easiest,  and  the  most 
independent  and  agreeable.  In  this  case  the  mis- 
sionary has  his  work  close  at  hand ;  the  Government 
and  the  missionary  societies  help  him,  and  benevo- 
lent persons  of  various  kinds  render  him  assistance. 
There  need  be  no  travelling,  nor  much  wear  and 
tear  either  of  body  or  of  mind.  A  missionary  at  an 
Indian  mission  station  now  is  not  much  to  be  pitied ; 
his  accommodation  is  excellent,  his  living  is  good, 
he  has  his  services  close  at  hand,  his  work  claims 
sympathy  and  attention,  and  these  to  a  great  extent 
he  gains.  I  would  sooner  be  engaged  in  this  work, 
in  the  Saskatchewan  and  Alberta  districts,  than  in 
any  other  kind  of  work,  had  I  my  choice  and  did 
circumstances  allow  me  to  choose.  As  I  view  it, 
the  Indian  work  includes  the  mission  to  the  half- 
race,  which  cannot  now  be  wisely  separated  from  it. 


DIFFICULTIES  OF  CHURCH  WORK  131 

While  I  write,  an  eminent  Roman  Catholic  mis- 
sionary of  this  country  is  endeavouring  to  induce 
the  Canadian  Government  to  give  reserves  of  land 
for  the  accommodation  of  the  Indians.  I  do  not 
anticipate  much  good  result  from  such  an  arrange- 
ment. Already  they  have  received  '  scrip '  for  special 
lands,  but  these  have  at  last  fallen  into  the  hands  of 
traders.  The  half-race  and  the  Indian  are  so  mixed 
that  no  one  can  separate  them  ;  and  the  majority 
on  the  reserves  and  in  the  schools  are  half-race 
rather  than  Indian.  Now  that  they  are  all  learning 
to  speak  English,  some  will  rise  in  the  social  scale, 
and  the  others  will  quickly  pass  away.  Neither  the 
half-race  question  nor  the  Indian  question  can  be 
dealt  with  in  any  permanent  way.  From  a  variety  of 
causes  these  questions  are  fast  solving  themselves, 
and  they  had  better  work  out  their  manifest  destiny, 
Real  kindness  would  help  these  people  to  cheap 
schools,  and  to  secure  fitting  stipends  for  their  clergy 
— for  the  half-breeds  usually  gather  themselves  into 
communities.  In  other  ways  they  could  be  en- 
couraged to  independence  and  self-help,  and  this 
would  be  far  better  than  plunging  them  into  full 
pauperism. 

Our  next  missionary  work  is  the  work  of  the 
Church  in  the  towns.  There  are  no  villages  here ; 
they  are  all  either  towns  or  cities.  Probably  our 
town  work  is  like  that  which  has  to  be  done  in  all 
our  colonies  where  the  circumstances  are  similar. 
This  work  is  as  much  Congregationalism  as  it  can 
be  under  a  bishopric.  The  people  who  form  the 

9—2 


132     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

congregations  are  new  to  one  another.  They  man- 
age their  affairs  by  committees ;  and,  as  they  provide 
the  minister's  stipend,  they  are  the  masters  of  the 
situation,  and  they  virtually  control  both  the  priest 
and  the  bishop.  The  Australian  colonist  farmer 
said  to  his  bishop,  '  Yes,  you  may  send  the  minister; 
but  if  we  don't  like  un  we  won't  pay  un.'  Consider- 
ing the  various  tastes  and  opinions  of  these  new 
communities  whose  members  are  gathered  from 
everywhere,  it  would  be  a  miracle  if  any  clergyman 
suited  them  all  equally  well. 

In  large  cities,  here  as  elsewhere,  congregations 
are  formed  of  separate  classes,  to  suit  the  views  of 
the  classes  ;  but  it  cannot  be  so  in  the  small  towns. 
They  all  must  meet  in  one  church-building,  and  there 
are  sure  to  be  differences  of  opinion  amongst  them. 
The  Church  work  of  the  small  towns  is,  therefore,  a 
very  difficult  matter,  whether  the  clergyman  be  what 
is  known  as  high,  or  low,  or  broad  Church,  or 
whether  he  is  no  Churchman  at  all.  He  may  be 
ever  so  sincere  and  prudent,  and  yet  he  may  give 
offence  if  he  turn  to  the  east  in  the  Creed,  or  if  he 
does  not  turn  ;  if  the  altar  have  a  cross,  or  if  a  cross 
be  absent ;  if  he  wear  coloured  stoles,  or  only  a 
black  one.  He  will  be  too  poetical  in  his  preaching 
for  one  person,  and  too  dry  for  another ;  too  doctrinal 
for  some  folk,  and  not  doctrinal  enough  for  other 
folk.  As  a  rule,  he  must  not  be  more  than  thirty-five 
years  of  age,  or  he  is  likely  to  be  '  an  old  man  ';  and 
then,  whatever  may  be  the  value  of  his  services,  '  he 
ought  to  be  superannuated  ' — of  course,  at  somebody 


DIFFICULTIES  OF  CHURCH  WORK  133 

else's  expense.  The  younger  he  is,  the  better  for 
him ;  the  more  handsome  he  is,  the  more  charming, 
especially  as  a  large  portion  of  his  stipend  is  usually 
raised  by  '  The  Ladies'  Aid  Society.'  It  is  always 
best  to  keep  popular  with  them,  as  otherwise  the 
necessary  amount  may  not  be  forthcoming.  This 
'  Ladies'  Aid  Society '  can  often  '  wag  the  dog,' 
priest,  bishop,  and  all,  except  the  business  men  to 
whom  the  clergyman  may  be  indebted. 

Experience  goes  for  very  little;  modesty  wins  no 
laurels,  and  it  is  not  usually  classed  with  learning  and 
ability.  Besides,  the  people  composing  these  small 
town  congregations  are  often  roamers ;  they  seldom 
stay  long  in  one  place,  and  a  year  or  two  provides 
quite  another  set  of  worshippers,  and  all  the  work 
has  to  be  begun  again.  Generally,  too,  assistance  is 
difficult  to  get  in  carrying  on  the  Sunday-schools  and 
other  enterprises,  except  those  which  cater  for  the 
popular  amusement.  Helpers  for  these  are  usually 
ready,  if  an  appeal  be  duly  made  to  their  self-esteem. 

In  raising  funds  for  Church  work,  what  strange 
schemes  are  set  on  foot !  Dances,  concerts,  bazaars, 
meals  sold  on  racecourses ;  these  things  would 
astonish  the  old  saints  and  martyrs,  who  planted 
the  Cross  in  altogether  different  ways  in  those 
ignorant  times  and  dark  ages — the  times  'before 
our  modern  enlightenment.'  They  gave  their  lives, 
and  all  they  had,  in  a  holy  sacrifice,  as  history  tells ; 
but  we  offer  our  amusements,  and  call  these  our 
self-sacrifice.  In  true  self-sacrifice  our  people  are 
apt  to  be  very  deficient ;  they  are  not  often  willing 


134     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

givers,  either  of  time  or  money,  for  their  church,  so 
that  a  very  heavy  burden  is  laid  upon  the  minister 
in  carrying  on  the  services,  and  the  affairs  of  the 
congregation,  in  these  small  places.  The  secret  of 
this  want  of  zeal  arises  from  deficient  Churchman- 
ship.  It  seems  almost  impossible  for  Church  ideas 
to  take  root  and  thrive  in  our  new  colonies.  The 
people  have  no  historic  sense.  There  is  nothing  in 
which  it  can  grow.  Their  notions  are  of  to-day,  or 
at  most  of  yesterday ;  their  hope  and  thought  are  in 
the  future  ;  their  dreams  are  of  coming  times.  So 
the  Church  of  England  is  at  a  disadvantage.  Her 
ideas  and  methods  are  not  new ;  they  are  ancient : 
what,  therefore,  have  they  to  do  with  young  America  ? 
True,  this  may  be  a  passing  phase  of  human  feeling,  but 
it  applies  to  our  new  towns,  and  it  is  of  these  that  we 
are  now  speaking.  There  is  need  of  patient  sowing 
and  planting,  but  such  quiet  forms  of  work  are  at  a 
discount.  No  one  in  these  places  is  likely  to  believe 
in  any  work  which  does  not  advertise  itself  by  noise 
and  blare  of  trumpets ;  and  without  these  '  whoever 
hears  of  the  minister?' — '  he  is  nowhere,'  'the  Church 
and  the  clergyman  are  failures,'  and  subscriptions 
are  not  paid.  Faithful  spiritual  work  may  be  readily 
trampled  down  by  the  destructive  feet  of  a  thought- 
less multitude. 

The  Church  in  new  settlements  may  also  suffer 
from  the  looseness  of  her  membership.  Her  spirit  is 
not  exclusive,  and  she  admits  all  comers  into  her 
fold ;  but  this  weakens  the  Church  in  her  special 
character  and  work.  If  people  are  nominal  Church- 


DIFFICULTIES  OF  CHURCH  WORK  135 

men,  without  Church  ideas  and  convictions,  they  are 
simply  captured  by  the  more  earnest  spirit  that  is  in 
the  sects  around  them,  and  the  '  liberality '  of  these 
nominal  Churchmen  is  so  great,  that  they  will  give 
money  and  help  to  other  bodies,  for  the  sake  of  their 
business  connections  and  social  influence,  and  fail 
adequately  to  support  their  own  Church.  Especially 
are  they  deficient  in  the  moral  courage  that  is  neces- 
sary in  order  to  defend  their  Church  from  the  attacks 
and  misrepresentations  of  the  sects  around  them  ; 
and  of  these,  in  our  state  of  society,  there  is  always 
an  abundance.  In  a  Church,  as  in  an  army,  it  is 
not  the  numbers  but  the  discipline  of  the  men  that 
makes  a  general  successful.  Insubordination,  re- 
fractoriness, want  of  sympathy  with  the  objects  of 
the  war,  will  cause  the  failure  of  the  best  general, 
because,  in  that  case,  he  has  to  fight  his  army  as 
well  as  his  enemy. 

Writing  as  a  clergyman  who  has  watched  the 
state  of  the  Church  of  England  in  Canada,  and  in 
the  new  towns  that  are  springing  up  in  the  North- 
West  territories,  I  cannot  but  express  my  conviction 
that  this  is  a  chief  cause  of  the  general  unrest  of  our 
clergy.  They  are,  as  a  rule,  inadequately  supported 
by  their  people,  not  only  in  money,  but  in  that 
spiritual  and  intellectual  sympathy  which  so  materi- 
ally helps  to  produce  and  to  sustain  a  strong  and 
successful  ministry. 

At  one  time  I  experienced  something  of  this 
crooked  spirit  in  one  of  the  towns  in  which  I  had 
planted  the  Church.  I  had  great  trouble  at  first  in 


136     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

laying  the  foundation,  and  then  in  building  on  it ; 
but  I  took  special  care  of  the  young  people.  Local 
circumstances  were  not  favourable,  and  local  in- 
fluences were  against  us  if  we  persisted  in  building 
on  Church  lines.  Year  by  year,  on  the  evening  of 
Christmas  Day,  I  gathered  the  children  into  the 
church,  which  was  our  only  place  of  meeting.  The 
children  and  the  visitors  crammed  the  church,  and 
we  had  a  splendid  festival,  and  all  seemed  to  be 
delighted  with  it.  The  other  denomination  had 
their  festival  on  the  same  night,  and  came  to  me  to 
ask  me  to  change  my  evening,  as  the  meetings  would 
clash,  and  many  of  my  people  had  promised  to  give 
them  their  assistance.  They  all  knew  that  for 
several  years  previously  I  had  held  my  festival  on 
this  particular  evening,  and  wanted  for  it  the  help 
of  the  Churchpeople  as  a  matter  of  course.  I  an- 
nounced the  festival  as  usual,  and  it  succeeded, 
while  the  other  failed ;  and  then  minister,  wife, 
and  others  came  to  see  what  we  were  doing,  but  as 
the  building  was  packed,  and  I  had  to  manage  every- 
thing, I  could  not  receive  visitors  'or  pay  any  persons 
special  attention.  Besides  this,  in  honour  of  the 
occasion,  and  to  show  respect  to  the  children,  who, 
although  they  were  natives  of  the  country,  were 
nicely  dressed,  and  on  their  best  behaviour,  I  put 
on  a  special  vestment,  and  wore  a  little  cross,  which 
I  have  often  found  helpful  among  the  Indians 
on  the  plains  when  we  were  strangers.  The  busi- 
ness over,  the  ladies  wished  me  good-night,  and 
hoped  that  I  would  always  use  my  gown,  even  in 


DIFFICULTIES  OF  CHURCH  WORK  137 

the  ordinary  Church  services.  I  went  to  my  Her- 
mitage very  weary,  but  very  contented  with  the 
festival.  A  few  days  passed,  and  then  I  had  to 
start  on  a  journey  of  a  hundred  and  twenty  miles, 
in  bitterly  cold  weather,  to  perform  a  marriage  cere- 
mony. On  my  way  I  called  at  the  post-office,  and 
there  received  the  following  communication  : 

'  REV.    AND    DEAR   SlR, 

'  From  the  friendship  that  has  existed  between 

us   since    I    came  to  ,  I  think   it  my   duty   to 

make  you  acquainted  with  the  impression  which 
your  conduct  lately,  especially  on  Christmas  even- 
ing, has  made  on  your  members  and  others. 
Several  of  them  have  spoken  to  me  on  the  subject, 
and  expressed  themselves  simply  disgusted  with 

your  treatment  of  the  Rev.  Mr.  H and  his  wife, 

who  attended  your  festival ;  and  with  your  wearing 
conspicuously  on  a  black  gown  a  white  cross. 
'  I  fear  your  influence  here  is  gone. 
'  Believe  me,  my  dear  sir, 

'  Yours  truly, 

'  A.  B . 

1  P.S. — I  have  learned  that  a  petition  to  the  Bishop 
is  being  got  up  for  your  removal. 

'  To  REV.  DR.  NEWTON.' 

To  this  the  following  reply  was  sent  : 

'  All  Saints,  January. 

1  MY  DEAR  SIR, 

'Your  letter  of  the  gth  instant  has  just  been 
received  by  me.     I  thank  you  for  any  kind  expres- 


138     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

sions  the  letter  contains :  any  other  matters  will  be 
referred  "  home,"  with  such  explanations  as  circum- 
stances may  make  necessary. 

'  Certainly  no  one  desired  to  be  rude  to  Mr.  and 

Mrs.  H ,  nor  do  I  think  any  rudeness  was  shown 

them  by  anybody  at  our  Christmas  festival. 
'  With  kind  regards,  I  am,  as  ever, 

'  Sincerely  yours, 

*WM.  NEWTON. 

'  To  A.  B ,  Esq.' 

The  petition  was  prepared,  sent  round,  and  signed 
by  a  few  persons ;  but  I  heard  nothing  of  it  until  a 
Roman  Catholic  gentleman  asked  me  if  I  knew 
what  became  of  it,  and  I  said  that  I  did  not.  He 
replied  that  the  petition  had  been  sent  both  to 
Methodists  and  Catholics  to  sign.  He  further  said, 
'  It  came  to  me,  but  I  took  care  to  place  it  where  it 
will  give  no  more  trouble  to  anybody.' 

Years  afterwards,  when  changes  had  taken  place, 
the  writer  of  the  foregoing  letter  took  himself  off  to 
the  Baptist  congregation,  where  he  doubtless  felt 
more  at  home  than  in  regulating  the  amount  of 
ritual  to  be  observed  in  the  services  of  the  Church 
of  England. 

But  what  a  state  of  things  is  revealed  in  our 
Church,  when  persons  of  such  opinions  and  feelings 
can  have  any  influence  in  determining  the  methods 
of  a  clergyman's  work,  and  this  chiefly  because  of 
the  necessity  of  considering  the  amount  of  their 
subscriptions. 


CHAPTER  XVIII. 

MISSIONS  AMONG  SETTLERS. 

IT  remains  to  mention  the  third  kind  of  missionary 
work  in  this  far  North-West,  viz.,  mission  work 
among  settlers.  The  Indian  work  is  on  reserves. 
The  town  clergyman  may  or  may  not  supply  out- 
stations,  but  he  has  his  chief  work  near  his  home. 
The  mission  to  settlers  is,  in  fact,  a  mission  at  large, 
and  may  cover  immense  distances,  and  only  occa- 
sional services  can  be  held  in  any  one  district.  This 
has  been  my  principal  work  for  twenty-five  years ; 
for  five  years  in  Muskoka,  and  for  twenty  years  in 
these  North-West  territories.  It  is  a  very  difficult 
and  trying  work;  for  the  people  to  whom  I  ministered 
are  widely  scattered,  either  singly  or  in  small  groups, 
over  an  area  of  some  two  hundred  miles.  At  first 
there  were  no  roads  or  bridges  to  help  the  traveller. 
There  were  no  inns,  or  stopping  places,  and  it  would 
take  a  week,  or  even  sometimes  a  month,  to  go  the 
rounds  before  the  missionary  could  return  to  his 
home  again.  On  these  rough  roads  fifty  miles  a  day 
would  be  no  unusual  journey,  and  it  had  to  be 


140     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

undertaken  in  any  weather ;  in  summer  surrounded 
by  mosquitoes  and  horse-flies ;  in  spring  and  autumn 
wading  through  mud  and  pools  of  water ;  and  in  the 
winter  in  the  bitter  cold,  with  the  thermometer 
measuring  30,  40,  and  even  more,  degrees  of  frost. 
The  work  to  be  done  includes  the  usual  services  of 
the  church,  the  baptizing  of  children,  the  adminis- 
tration of  the  sacraments,  and  the  visitation  of  the 
aged  and  the  sick.  When  the  night  comes  on,  if 
the  missionary  is  fortunate,  he  may  sit  beside  the 
stove,  either  with  the  solitary  settler  or  with  an 
isolated  family,  and  converse  with  a  sympathy  and 
confidence  that  are  seldom  known  in  the  busier 
world,  on  matters  of  interest  and  importance  relating 
both  to  this  world  and  to  the  next. 

The  missionary  meets  with  very  various  individuals 
on  his  tours.  Now,  it  is  a  wandering  American 
settler — a  man  who  has  roamed  almost  everywhere, 
and  seen  the  wildest  forms  of  life,  or,  perhaps,  has 
been  with  General  Custer  in  his  last  fight  with  the 
Indians.  Another  is  a  miner,  who  may  not  have 
been  in  a  place  of  worship  for  twenty  years.  Another 
is  a  native  of  the  country,  who  has  never  seen  the 
sea,  and  thinks  Winnipeg  to  be  the  centre  of  the 
universe.  Another  sold  out  in  Ontario,  and  wandered 
here  to  begin  life  anew  in  this  land  of  the  setting  sun. 
Another  is  a  young  man  of  good  birth  and  breeding, 
who  has  been  brought  up  at  Eton  or  at  Rugby,  and 
has  taken  an  Oxford  or  Cambridge  degree,  who, 
through  some  misfortune,  or  folly,  has  been  cast 
upon  the  wide  world.  Many  are  the  confidences 


MISSIONS  AMONG  SETTLERS  141 

that  I  have  heard  from  this  class  in  the  evening 
twilight,  or  in  the  deeper  silence  of  the  night ;  tales 
as  strange  as  any  romance  over  which  women  weep 
and  grave  men  look  sad.  Or  it  may  be  that  the  hut 
set  up  in  the  wilderness  contains,  on  its  rough  walls, 
the  portraits  of  a  father,  and  mother,  and  sisters,  and 
younger  brothers,  who  are  far  away  in  some  pictur- 
esque rectory  in  England,  or  in  the  front  parts  of 
Canada,  whose  anxious  sympathies  follow  their  son 
or  their  brother  in  his  struggles  to  make  an  inde- 
pendent home  in  these  vast  solitudes. 

While  engaged  in  this  work  it  has  often  seemed 
to  me  to  be  equal  in  value  to  any  that  the  Church 
can  undertake.  Nothing  can  be  more  like  the  work 
of  Christ,  '  who  went  about  doing  good,'  and  told  us 
of  the  shepherd,  and  of  his  wandering  in  order  to 
seek  the  one  lost  sheep,  and  of  the  angels  rejoicing 
over  the  one  that  was  saved. 

The  true  missionary  cannot,  in  this  section  of  the 
mission-field,  fully  report  his  work :  he  can  only 
guess  how  many  miles  he  has  travelled  ;  no  descrip- 
tion can  efficiently  picture  his  risks  in  travelling,  the 
poor  accommodation,  the  badly  prepared  food,  the 
seeds  of  ill-health  sown,  and  the  weariness  of  the 
journeyings  he  has  endured.  Besides  the  general 
services  at  certain  centres,  the  spiritual  work  done 
in  silence  is,  in  proportion  to  its  effectiveness,  that 
of  which  neither  he  nor  others  can  properly  speak ; 
it  cannot  be  blazoned  abroad ;  it  is  often  too  sacred 
even  for  the  religious  magazines. 

In  time,  however,  some  of  his  work  will  become 


I42     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

visible.  In  the  most  unlikely  places  villages  spring 
up  and  settlements  are  formed,  a  few  earnest  people 
gather  others  together  for  worship,  and  the  '  small 
things  not  despised  '  are  the  beginnings  of  Christian 
institutions  which  will  be  sure  to  grow  in  usefulness 
and  influence  with  the  centuries.  To  do  this 
settlers'  work  well,  as  it  should  be  done,  a  clergyman 
needs  many  qualities  of  a  high  order ;  he  should  be 
no  make-shift  man,  no  crude  person  who  is  fit  for 
no  other  work,  and  therefore  put  to  this,  for  certainly 
such  agency  will  prove  worse  than  useless,  and  will 
only  bring  contempt  on  the  Church,  and  this  receives 
fresh  proof  every  day.  A  travelling  missionary  lives 
in  the  full  light,  and  is  observed  close  ad  hand.  He 
is  surrounded  by  no  enclosure  of  dignity,  his  every 
action  is  noticed  and  spoken  of  freely ;  the  way  he 
sits  at  table ;  the  manner  and  the  extent  of  his 
eating  and  drinking;  his  most  simple  actions  are 
interpreted  according  to  the  feeling  cherished 
towards  him,  and  the  opinion  that  people  have 
formed  of  his  character.  If  he  be  ignorant,  it 
cannot  be  hidden ;  if  selfish,  his  services  will  be 
ineffective ;  if  proud,  or  vain,  he  is  not  in  a  city 
where  he  may  strut  to  his  heart's  content.  Here, 
as  there  are  no  places  where  comedy  is  enacted,  they 
will  place  the  missionary  on  the  stage  of  their  social 
life,  and  cover  him  with  ridicule,  and  include  in  the 
ridicule  not  the  man  only,  but  also  the  cause  which 
he  represents. 

To  be  efficient  as  a  travelling  missionary,  a  man 
must  be  vigorous  in  body  and  in  mind.     He  must, 


MISSIONS  AMONG  SETTLERS  143 

indeed,  '  endure  hardness,  as  a  good  soldier  of  Jesus 
Christ.'     He  must  be  indifferent  to  luxury,  or  even 
ordinary  convenience,  and  he  should  be  as  simple 
in  his  habits  as  the  Spartans  were.     He  must  give 
himself  no  airs,  but  be  the  gentleman  always,  in 
feeling,  in  thought,  and  in  action.     Courtesy  must 
be  as  natural  to  him  as  breathing,  and  it  must  be 
shown  in  his  dealings  with  all,  even  the  humblest. 
It  is  well  for  him  never  to  take  offence,  and  never  to 
notice  intentional  or  unintentional  rudeness.     His 
work  won't   bear   contention,  and    he  is  to   be  an 
example  of  the  Christian  graces.     His  passions  must 
be   kept  under  control,  for  never  were  there  such 
glass  houses  as  are  to  be  found  in  the  wilderness. 
Everything  is  known ;    men  seem  to  think  almost 
audibly,  and  impressions  of  conduct  are  most  direct. 
The  missionary  had  better  not  use  tobacco  inordin- 
ately, or  take  spirits  with  him ;  and  I  have  found  it 
best,  even  when  very  weary,  not  to  accept  them  when 
offered.     As  he  for  days  must  live  in  very  simple 
relationship  with  families,  within  very  limited  house 
accommodations,  he  needs  to  be  careful  and  modest 
in  his  deportment,  especially  with  womankind,  and 
to  cultivate  pure-heartedness.     Besides  this  he  must 
be  prudent  in  speech,  careful  not  to  repeat  what  he 
sees  or  hears  in  the  houses  he  visits,  and  never  to 
break  any  confidences  that  are  reposed  in  him.     In 
a  word,  the  travelling  missionary  must  be  really  a 
Christian  man — devout,  sympathetic,  good — a  lowly 
image  of  the   Master,  who  was  the  greatest  of  all 
missionaries. 


144     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

Nor  are  the  purely  intellectual  qualities  to  be 
neglected.  Such  a  missionary  comes  directly  into 
contact  with  individuals  who  have  seen  and  read  a 
great  deal,  and  the  missionary  must  face  all  men 
and  be  useful  to  them  all.  Tennyson's  Northern 
Farmer  should  never  be  able  to  say  of  him  : 

'  An'  I  hallus  corned  to  his  chorch  afore  my  Sally  was  dead, 
An'  eered  un  a  bummin  awaay  loike  a  buzzard-clock  ower  my 
yead.' 

He  has  no  opportunity  for  '  bumming  away.' 
Conversations  of  all  kinds  directly  appeal  to  him  on 
level  ground  ;  and  he  must  wisely  give  and  take ; 
keep  his  mind  clear,  and  see  that  his  knowledge 
ripens  into  wisdom.  This  will  necessitate  previous 
culture,  wide  reading,  observation  of  human  life, 
and  habits  of  thoughtful  meditation.  How  often  on 
my  visits  I  have  seen  the  face  lighted  with  a  smile, 
as  the  solitary  settler  has  filled  his  pipe,  and  pre- 
pared to  converse  with  his  friend  and  clergyman, 
who  has  put  aside  all  formalities  for  the  occasion. 
The  beginning  is  usually : 

'  Sir,  if  you  will  be  so  kind  I  should  like  to  ask 
you  a  question.' 

'  Yes  ;  what  is  it  ?'  is  the  reply. 

The  question  may  be  on  church  history,  or  on 
some  passage  of  Holy  Scripture  ;  or  the  man  has 
been  reading  Huxley  or  Emerson,  or  he  requires 
light  on  the  relation  of  this  life  to  the  life  beyond,  or 
a  thousand  other  things.  The  missionary  is  there 
in  order  that  under  the  form  of  conversation  he 
might  preach  to  this  human  soul,  as  Christ  did  to 


MISSIONS  AMONG  SETTLERS  145 

the  woman  of  Samaria.  The  missionary  may  have 
travelled  fifty  miles  to  get  this  opportunity,  and 
when  he  goes  away  in  the  morning  he  wants  to 
leave  behind  light  and  peace,  as  every  one  of  God's 
messengers  should.  Such  work  as  this  is  not  well 
done  by  an  apprentice  hand  in  the  ministry ;  it 
requires  an  experienced  workman,  and  one  that 
'  needeth  not  to  be  ashamed.' 

Another  most  necessary  quality  of  the  travelling 
missionary  is  the  power  to  bear  solitude  and  isola- 
tion. He  may  have  to  ride  fifty  miles  and  not  see  a 
soul,  and  even  at  night  may  have  to  '  camp '  under 
the  trees,  all  by  himself,  with  his  horse  as  his  only 
companion.  All  by  himself  he  collects  the  wood 
for  the  fire,  gets  water  for  the  tea,  lays  his  buffalo 
robe  under  the  shade  of  his  buck-board,  arid 
through  the  night  listens  for  his  horse-bell ;  no 
human  face  near,  and  no  human  hand  in  any 
emergency  to  give  assistance.  And  when  he 
arrives  back  home,  especially  if  there  is  no  parsonage, 
but  only  a  small  hut  where  his  few  books  are 
kept, — and  these  often  disfigured  and  injured  by 
the  mice  which  have  taken  possession  during  his 
absence, — the  missionary  need  be  no  coward.  The 
more  apostolic  faith  he  has,  the  more  comfortable  he 
will  be  in  his  solitary  surroundings.  When  we 
realize  these  things,  and  the  self-denial  that  is 
necessary  in  order  to  continue  such  a  life  year  by 
year,  is  it  any  wonder  that  so  few  clergymen  can 
be  found  who  will  undertake  it,  and  that  those 
who  do  soon  find  the  life  unbearable  ?  Not  one 

10 


146     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

young  man  in  a  hundred  is  able  to  endure  it  long. 
Often  these  men  return  to  England  from  the 
Colonies,  to  be  looked  upon  as  deserters  from  the 
mission  field ;  but  let  those  who  blame  them  try 
their  experiment  for  a  few  years,  and  I  venture  to 
affirm  that  the  criticism  will  be  much  moderated, 
and  sympathy  with  this  form  of  missionary  enter- 
prise will  be  more  abundant. 

In  connection  with  this  aspect  of  Colonial  mis- 
sionary work,  I  will  tell  a  few  simple  stories  of  my 
Muskoka  experience.  I  began  the  Rosseau  Mission, 
and  built  the  church  there  at  the  head  of  those 
beautiful  lakes.  In  the  middle  of  the  summer  we 
had  crowds  of  visitors  from  all  parts  of  Canada  and 
the  States,  and  some  even  from  Europe,  who  filled 
the  large  hotel,  and  made  good  congregations  on 
the  Sunday;  but  when  they  went  away  I  had  similar 
work  to  that  which  I  have  pictured  as  being  done 
in  the  North- West.  In  those  days  few  of  the  settlers 
had  accommodation  for  a  horse,  and  therefore  the 
travelling  had  to  be  on  foot.  Sometimes  the  settlers 
would  be  as  much  as  twelve  miles  apart,  and  the 
so-called  roads  were  merely  a  blaze  through  the 
woods.  Therefore,  to  go  from  point  to  point  on 
foot  in  the  short  winter  days  was  not  always  easy, 
and  if  one  got  benighted  he  might  suffer  incon- 
venience, and  fail  even  to  reach  any  covering.  This 
several  times  happened  to  me,  and  I  had  to  spend 
the  night  in  the  woods  all  alone.  On  one  occasion 
I  had  reached  a  distant  lumber  shanty  on  the 
Friday  evening,  and  purposed  the  next  day  to  go  to 


MISSIONS  AMONG  SETTLERS  147 

another  shanty  to  hold  services  on  the  Sunday,  at  a 
place  where  no  service  had  previously  been  held  ; 
and  I  sent  the  people  word  beforehand  to  expect 
me.  The  place  was  in  the  woods  some  twelve  miles 
off  as  the  crow  flies,  and  I  hoped  to  find  some  mode 
of  communication  between  the  shanties,  and  so  to 
be  taken  safely  to  my  destination.  However,  on 
that  morning  there  was  no  connection,  and  the  road 
that  was  used  was  nineteen  miles  round ;  but  the 
master  of  the  shanty  offered  to  go  two  or  three 
miles  with  me,  and  show  me  an  abandoned  trail,  by 
which  I  could  reach  the  place  of  service  in  a 
journey  of  only  nine  miles.  I  started  in  early 
morning  with  my  guide,  and  having  left  him,  I 
pressed  on  over  fallen  trees  through  the  snow,  quite 
confident  that  I  should  accomplish  the  object  of  my 
journey. 

By-and-by  I  reached  the  '  Skid  roads,'  where  logs 
had  been  cut  and  piled,  and  the  walking  was  very 
easy  and  pleasant.  Now  I  was  elate,  and  expected 
soon  to  hear  human  voices  and  to  see  human  faces; 
and  going  straight  on,  it  seemed  that  I  could  not 
miss  my  way,  when  lo  !  at  the  end  of  the  road  there 
were  impenetrable  woods. 

Another  road  was  tried,  and  at  the  end  again  the 
woods  appeared ;  and  still  another,  with  the  same 
result.  No  men  were  about,  and  snow  had  fallen  to 
hide  their  tracks.  The  more  I  tried  to  find  my  way- 
through  these  roads,  which  were  so  much  alike,  the 
worse  it  seemed,  and  I  failed  altogether.  But  what 
was  I  to  do  ?  The  sun  had  gone  down,  and  the  last 

10 — 2 


148     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

twilight  was  departing.  Several  times  I  had  passed 
a  pile  of  logs,  and  noticed  some  in  the  centre  were 
shorter  than  the  others,  so  that  I  could  just  get 
inside  and  secure  a  little  protection.  On  arriving 
there,  the  thought  came  to  me  that  I  must  break  my 
trail,  as  there  were  wolves  in  these  woods;  so,  several 
feet  off,  I  threw  my  overcoat  down  and  jumped  on 
it,  and  next  my  surplice,  and  then  at  the  pile  of  logs, 
pulled  them  all  inside  after  me,  and  there  I  remained 
during  the  long  cold  January  night. 

The  snow  glittered  like  silver  in  the  moonlight,  the 
silence  was  intense ;  now  and  then  it  was  made  more 
evident  by  the  cracking  of  the  trees  by  the  frost. 
The  call  of  the  night  owl  made  the  scene  weird  and 
almost  unearthly,  and  about  one  o'clock  in  the  morn- 
ing I  heard  the  pattering  of  many  feet,  which  were 
coming  nearer  and  nearer  to  my  shelter.  It  was  a 
pack  of  wood  wolves,  who  were  on  my  footsteps,  and 
hunted  perhaps  for  an  hour  over  the  path  where  I 
had  walked.  As  they  came  near  to  the  logs  they 
sniffed,  and  followed  the  trail  again,  going  up  and 
down  until  they  were  tired,  and  then  left  me  to  soli- 
tude, if  not  to  peace.  By  the  protection  of  God  I 
was  saved  from  destruction  that  night,  because  I,  by 
what  seemed  an  accident,  broke  the  trail  from  the 
scent  of  those  hungry  wolves. 

In  the  morning  I  tried  again  to  find  the  right  road 
through,  but  quite  failed,  and  returned  to  the  former 
shanty  late  on  the  Sunday  evening,  wholly  worn  out, 
but  in  time  to  hold  service  with  a  lot  of  wild  rough 
Irishmen  and  Roman  Catholics,  who  in  other  cir- 


MISSIONS  AMONG  SETTLERS  149 

cumstances  could  not  be  gathered  to  join  in  the 
services  of  our  Church. 

While  the  supper  was  being  hastily  prepared 
these  men  put  all  sorts  of  questions  to  me  as  to  how 
I  had  spent  the  night,  and  whether  I  had  been  near 
the  wolves,  of  which  they  had  a  horror ;  and  when 
they  saw  me  quiet  and  in  no  way  excited,  and  not 
anxious  to  make  a  scene,  the  rough  men  appeared 
to  be  quite  touched  and  full  of  sympathy.  Never 
after  that  was  any  rudeness  visible  when  I  visited 
that  lumber  shanty,  although  I  was  only  'a  Protestant 
minister.' 

A  few  weeks  after  this  event  I  found  my  way  by 
another  route  to  the  shanty  I  had  intended  to  visit, 
and  fulfilled  my  promise.  Then  I  learned  that  when 
I  did  not  turn  up  the  people  were  anxious  to  hear  of 
my  safety,  for  the  region  in  those  days  was  a  very 
wild  one  between  the  Maganetawan  River  and 
Nipissing  Lake,  although  now  it  is  a  well  settled 
country. 

On  calling  at  the  Rosseau  Hotel  one  day,  I  met  a 
gentlemanly  man  whom  I  had  not  seen  before,  and 
as  he  looked  at  me  with  an  evident  desire  to  make 
my  acquaintance,  I  spoke  to  him,  and  found  that  he 
had  settled  some  nine  or  ten  miles  off,  on  the  road 
to  the  Maganetawan  River.  Our  conversation  ended 
by  his  giving  me  a  warm  invitation  to  visit  him  when 
I  went  that  way,  and  to  stay  at  his  place  whenever 
it  was  convenient  for  me  to  do  so. 

After  a  time  I  called,  and  wished  to  arrange  for  a 
service,  as  there  were  two  or  three  families  a  mile  or 


ISO     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

two  away  who  never  had  that  privilege.  As  no  one 
was  in  sight,  I  called  and  called  until  the  son 
appeared,  and  he  told  me  that  they  had  no  proper 
accommodation  for  me,  and  asked  me  to  go  on  to 
the  next  place,  as  his  father  was  not  in.  However, 
as  I  was  tired,  I  told  him  that  his  accommodation 
would  be  quite  sufficient  for  me,  and  I  refused  to  go 
any  further  that  night. 

After  a  time  the  father  came  in,  and  apologized 
for  his  non-appearance,  and  offered  me  the  best  he 
had.  Father  and  son  bestired  themselves,  and  pre- 
pared me  a  most  comfortable  bed.  They  cooked 
deer  meat  and  potatoes,  and,  with  some  bread,  we 
had  a  fine  supper. 

This  visit  was  the  first  paid  to  a  place  which 
afterwards  became  a  town,  and  it  turned  out  to  be 
in  every  way  pleasant  to  those  concerned.  On  my 
taking  farewell  of  my  host  on  the  Monday  morning, 
he  confessed  that  he  saw  me  coming  on  the  Saturday 
evening,  and  that  he  was  so  distressed  at  his  want 
of  accommodation  for  me,  he  had  hidden  himself 
among  the  turnips  he  was  hoeing,  and  only  appeared 
when  he  found  that  I  would  not  go  away.  He 
promised,  however,  he  would  not  do  so  again,  and 
for  years  he  never  failed  to  give  me  the  kindest  and 
most  hospitable  welcome. 

Yet  another  story  of  colonial  missionary  life. 
Twenty  miles  beyond  the  house  of  my  friend  was  a 
small  hut,  perhaps  twelve  feet  by  twelve.  On  calling 
there  one  day  to  tell  them  of  the  service  to  be  held 
at  '  the  Depot,'  three  or  four  miles  off,  the  old  lady, 


MISSIONS  AMONG  SETTLERS  151 

a  daughter  of  Ireland,  made  me  promise  that  the 
next  time  I  came  that  way  I  would  return  with  them 
and  stay  for  the  night ;  '  for  indeed  the  good  Lord 
would  bless  their  shanty  if  a  clergyman  once  stayed 
with  them.' 

When  the  time  came  I  left  very  comfortable 
quarters,  and  walked  several  miles  with  the  family, 
in  order  to  fulfil  my  promise.  We  had  some  tea, 
without  milk  or  sugar,  some  bread,  and  I  think  some 
butter  with  it.  After  a  time  we  had  prayers,  and,  as 
I  saw  no  preparation  for  bed,  I  began  to  lay  my 
rough  overcoat  down  on  the  floor,  with  my  folded 
surplice  for  a  pillow.  But  this  the  old  lady  would 
not  allow.  There  were  two  beds  in  the  small  apart- 
ment, and  there  were  four  persons  present  to  occupy 
them.  I  was  appointed  to  share  one  of  them.  The 
old  lady,  with  a  grown-up  grandson,  in  the  simplest 
manner  turned  into  the  other  bed,  and  presently  the 
son  came  to  share  mine. 

An  hour  had  passed,  and  a  noise  was  heard  out- 
side which  woke  up  the  whole  establishment. 
Another  son  had  arrived  with  his  oxen  from  Rosseau, 
where  he  had  been  on  his  errands  for  the  family. 
The  first  thing  he  did  was  to  inquire  whether  the 
minister  had  come.  Then  he  expressed  his  satisfac- 
tion, and  came  also  into  the  bed,  gently  pressing  his 
brother  lest  he  should  inconvenience  me ;  but  the 
bed  was  not  large  enough  for  three,  and  the  sides 
were  made  of  round  poles,  which  were  not  flattened 
in  any  way,  but  were  just  as  they  came  from  the 
woods,  and  it  was  my  fortune  to  be  pushed  on  to  the 


152     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

round  pole,  with  nothing  between  me  and  the  wall. 
That  was  the  way  in  which  I  rested  that  night,  the 
people  being  quite  unconscious  of  my  position  and 
discomfort.  In  the  morning  my  truthfulness  was 
sorely  taxed  when  the  anxious  inquiry  was  made 
whether  I  had  passed  a  good  night. 

Once  I  went  down  the  lakes  from  Rosseau  to  Port 
Carling,  to  make  a  visit  to  the  Musquosh,  and  found 
it  difficult  to  get  across  a  part  of  Muskoka  Lake ; 
at  last,  in  a  shop,  I  found  a  Scotch  Highlander  who 
offered  to  take  me  to  his  house  for  the  night,  and 
on  the  morrow  he  would  in  his  canoe  land  me  where 
I  desired  to  be  put  ashore.  The  man  had  a  little 
daughter  with  him,  and  he  was  partly  intoxicated  ; 
yet,  as  I  had  duties  pressing,  I  thankfully  accepted 
his  kindness.  Our  canoe  was  a  very  light  one,  and 
the  winds  became  rough  and  the  lake  boisterous  ; 
the  night  had  fallen,  and  we  could  only  see  the 
gleaming  of  the  waters  around  the  very  top  of  the 
canoe.  If  one  of  us  had  moved  one  inch  it  seemed 
impossible  that  the  boat  could  have  lived  in  the 
waters — she  must  have  gone  down.  The  man  saw 
the  danger,  and  with  skill  broke  the  force  of  the 
waves,  only  saying  sometimes,  *  Steady,  steady ; 
don't  move !'  By  a  miracle  we  crossed  safely  the 
three  miles  of  lake.  Seldom  have  I  felt  nearer  the 
other  world  than  on  that  stormy  night  on  Lake 
Muskoka. 

As  I  stayed  a  day  or  two  longer  than  I  expected, 
on  my  return  I  found  my  friends  at  Rosseau  organ- 
izing a  party  to  search  for  my  body;  for  the  report  had 


MISSIONS  AMONG  SETTLERS  153 

gone  up  the  lakes  that  we  were  all  certainly  drowned. 
The  work  at  Rosseau  was  much  the  same  as  the 
work  in  the  North-West,  so  far  as  it  was  a  mission  to 
settlers ;  and  a  narration  of  these  occurrences  may 
show  the  real  self-denying  toil  that  is  demanded  of 
the  missionary  in  the  first  stages  of  colonial  settle- 
ment :  it  calls  out  a  courage  and  endurance  that  are 
equal  to  that  demanded  by  any  other  work  in  the 
world. 

In  this  North-West  only  an  Indian  would  be 
allowed  to  travel  alone.  Hudson  Bay  employes 
and  mounted  police  go  from  station  to  station  in 
small  parties.  Dwelling-places  are  found  for  the 
men,  and  some  kind  of  rations  are  provided  as  a 
matter  of  course  ;  but  the  missionary  has  to  travel 
alone,  on  the  ground  of  expense ;  he  must  find  his 
own  '  shack,'  and  do  innumerable  things  which  other 
men  would  regard  as  hardships.  Whether  this  is 
good  policy  or  not  I  leave  to  the  good  sense  of  those 
who  have  authority  in  the  Church. 


CHAPTER  XIX. 

CRITICISM  OF  CHURCH  METHODS. 

AT  the  present  time  the  most  important  question 
for  the  Canadian  Church  to  settle  is  the  best 
method  of  work  for  this  general  mission  to  settlers. 
The  Church  is  undoubtedly  very  weak  in  all  our 
dioceses,  even  the  oldest,  in  remote  country  dis- 
tricts. Often  for  many  miles  our  Church  has  no 
stations,  or,  indeed,  any  existence  whatever.  Should 
Church-people  settle  in  such  districts,  they  are 
left  to  the  various  sects,  who  are  more  widespread 
and  zealous  than  ourselves.  Hence  thousands  of 
English  Church-people  are  lost  to  our  communion, 
and  their  children  know  the  Church  as  a  mere  tradi- 
tion in  which  they  have  no  interest.  These  things 
are  notorious  in  all  our  dioceses,  and  spasmodic 
efforts  are  made  to  recover  lost  ground ;  but  why 
should  not  the  failure  be  allowed,  and  new  means  be 
tried  to  meet  the  fresh  conditions  of  our  colonies  in 
these  extensive  countries  ?  For  many  years  now 
it  has  been  evident  that  we  have  neither  the  men 
nor  the  means  to  cope  with  the  difficulties  of  large, 


CRITICISM  OF  CHURCH  METHODS  155 

sparsely-settled  districts.  At  present  we  shut  our 
eyes  to  the  fact,  by  making  a  so-called  '  mission  ' 
cover  fifty  or  a  hundred  or  two  hundred  miles,  and 
supply  it  with  a  solitary  priest,  or  deacon,  or  lay- 
reader,  and  even  such  missions  are  often  vacant,  or 
cannot  be  supplied  continuously.  The  missioner's 
health  breaks  down,  or  the  solitude  oppresses  him, 
or  the  apathy  of  the  few  who  belong  to  the  Church 
discourages  him,  or  the  zealous  sects  around  under- 
mine his  work,  or  his  inexperience  leads  him  into 
difficulties  which  he  is  unable'  to  overcome,  or  his 
sanguine  hopefulness  at  starting  leads  him  to  make 
glowing  reports  which  cannot  be  sustained,  and  the 
Church  authorities  are  disappointed  because  he 
cannot  do  impossibilities,  and  tell  him  so. 

This  is  the  usual  course  of  such  missions,  and  they 
fail,  as  might  be  expected  ;  for  how  can  any  man 
cover  a  hundred  miles  of  country,  where  the  people 
live  at  least  a  mile  apart,  and  because  of  their 
excessive  labour  are  often  too  tired  to  travel  on  the 
Sunday,  or  too  indifferent  to  make  any  effort  to  do 
so  ?  How  are  families  to  be  gathered,  and  children 
to  be  instructed,  in  all  weathers,  when  they  are  not 
near  the  small  centres,  which  are  but  few  and  far 
between,  and  when  these  are  already  occupied  by 
innumerable  sects  ? 

As  one  of  the  conditions  of  such  work  is  that  it 
must  be  based  on  voluntary  offerings,  how  are  these 
to  be  collected  ?  and  who  is  to  collect  them,  and 
when  ?  People  in  such  missions  have  but  little 
money,  and  this  only  at  certain  times.  The 


156     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

labour  of  collecting  from  them  is  often  labour  in 
vain.  And  if  the  missionary  would  take  gifts  in 
kind,  what  would  he  be  able  to  do  with  them  ?  He 
is  supposed  to  be  usually  travelling  about,  and  the 
markets  are  afar  off,  even  if  there  be  any.  Then, 
what  is  to  become  of  the  studies  of  such  a  missionary  ? 
Where  can  he  get  books  ?  How  can  he  use  them  to 
advantage  if  he  have  them  ?  What  is  to  become  of 
his  own  spiritual  life  ?  and  how  is  the  spirit  to  be 
replenished  out  of  which  he  has  to  draw  the  living 
waters  of  the  Gospel  for  others  ?  He  has  no  com- 
panionship, no  brotherly  counsel,  no  church  privi- 
leges— only  a  monotony  of  life,  which  is  repeated, 
year  in,  year  out,  until  brain  and  heart  are  weary, 
and  sometimes  both  moral  and  physical  conse- 
quences ensue  which  are  sad  to  contemplate. 

The  question  arises,  Can  this  be  the  right  system 
for  such  work  ?  The  plan  is  to  take  a  young  man, 
either  trained  or  untrained,  perhaps  before  he  is 
even  ordained,  and  to  send  him  into  a  district, 
promise  him  a  certain  stipend,  which  the  people  are 
to  supplement,  and  then  he  has  to  find  his  own  way, 
and  to  do  the  best  he  can.  Any  guidance  given 
him  is  usually  of  the  slightest  kind,  and,  by  reason 
of  the  distance  from  the  source  of  authority,  it  may 
mislead,  rather  than  assist,  the  inexperienced  mis- 
sionary. There  must  be  some  better  system  than 
this  which  would  make  our  mission  in  sparse  settle- 
ments more  generally  successful.  As  usual,  in  this 
as  in  other  matters,  it  comes  true  that  '  There  is  no 
new  thing  under  the  sun.'  England  and  the  Conti- 


CRITICISM  OF  CHURCH  METHODS  \tf 

nent  of  Europe  were  evangelized  by  companies  of 
men  who  worked  together,  each  man  doing  his  own 
special  work  for  the  good  of  the  whole. 

These  men  were  called  by  different  names,  and 
their  methods  of  work  were  not  always  the  same ; 
but  they  managed  to  cover  the  countries  which  they 
occupied  with  effective  agencies,  and  with  churches 
for  Christian  worship.  They  founded  and  built  up 
the  best  civilizations  that  the  world  has  ever  seen. 
Their  system  was  both  a  human  and  a  divine  one, 
and  it  had  deep  and  wide  foundations,  and  we  shall 
have  to  return  to  it  if  we  would  build  up  a  national 
faith  in  our  colonies.  Our  present  methods  are  in- 
dividualistic, and  rest  too  much  on  monetary  con- 
siderations, and  the  matters  which  hang  around 
them.  We  want  men  of  genius,  for  originating 
methods  of  work  adapted  to  special  circumstances 
and  places,  as  the  Archbishop  of  Canterbury  told 
the  Society  for  the  Propagation  of  the  Gospel  at  its 
annual  meeting  two  years  ago.  In  such  work  hard 
and  fast  lines  cannot  always  be  laid  down  and 
followed  everywhere,  until  they  become  common- 
place and  rigid  customs,  which  are  too  antique,  in  a 
bad  sense,  for  the  work. 

The  condition  of  the  Algoma,  and  several  other  of 
our  dioceses  where  the  work  is  ministering  to  settlers, 
must  be  taken  into  account  if  we  would  question 
the  perfectibility  of  our  present  plans,  and  seek  for 
others  that  are  more  likely  to  succeed.  It  will  take 
generations  to  make  the  missions  self-supporting, 
and  many  never  will  be  such  without  endowments, 


158     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

or  the  provision  of  some  extra  means  of  support 
when  the  present  grants  are  withdrawn. 

In  the  meantime,  what  will  become  of  the  most 
devoted  missionaries,  who  are  broken  down  in 
health  and  spirits,  and  who  in  most  cases  will  have 
nothing  to  retire  upon,  and  for  whom  no  other  work 
will  be  offering  by  which  they  can  earn  a  living? 
Their  prospects  are  really  gloomy  indeed.  Often  I 
have  wished,  when  I  have  heard  bishops  and  others 
blaming  the  poor  clergymen  for  not  raising  sufficient 
funds  under  such  conditions,  that  I  had  the  power 
to  distribute  more  equally  the  funds  of  the  dioceses 
among  the  men  who  were  bravely  struggling  with 
these  difficulties  ;  and  I  would  leave  dignitaries  to 
their  own  reward,  and  to  the  voluntary  principle  that 
is  so  earnestly  forced  on  others.  I  would  first  of  all 
see  the  distant  settlements  well  supplied  with  men 
and  means,  and  so  lay  a  foundation  on  which  a 
grand  superstructure  could  be  reared.  Bishops  and 
other  dignitaries  are  more  like  the  angels,  and  nearer 
to  heaven,  than  the  common  clergy  can  expect  to  be, 
and  hence  they  are  more  fit — if  that  were  necessary 
— to  live  on  manna  than  the  poor  missionaries  who 
are  of  coarser  mould,  and  who  require  bread  and 
meat  and  warm  clothing  in  the  winter-time.  I  think 
this  would  be  the  general  sentiment  of  the  English 
people,  who  mostly  send  us  their  benevolences. 
Let  the  lowliest  be  first  served,  for  of  such  is  the 
kingdom  of  Heaven. 

I  wish  we  could  return  to  the  most  ancient  forms 
of  missionary  enterprise,  and  let  our  dioceses  be 


CRITICISM  OF  CHURCH  METHODS  159 

smaller  and  more  manageable.  Let  our  bishops  be 
bishops,  and  not  prelates.  Let  the  dignity  be  in 
the  work,  and  not  in  the  style  of  living.  Simple 
grace  will  adorn  any  sphere ;  simple  wisdom  will 
crown  any  work  ;  and  the  Master  has  shown  how 
beautiful  the  manger  may  become ;  how  sublime  the 
Cross  ;  how  charming  before  the  ages  can  be  the 
fishers'  boat ;  and  the  hillside  where  the  Divine 
Presence  is.  And,  although  wealth  can  be  conse- 
crated to  God's  glory,  it  may  be  ours,  in  our  new 
conditions,  to  tread  in  the  footsteps  of  the  Redeemer, 
and  take  up  our  cross  and  deny  ourselves  for  Him, 
and  by  living  in  His  spirit  show  our  true  apostolic 
succession  to  the  world  in  these  modern  days.  If  a 
priest  can  live  on  a  hundred  pounds  or  a  hundred 
and  fifty  a  year,  collect  part  of  it,  and  travel  at  his 
own  cost,  let  a  bishop  have  his  three  hundred  pounds 
and  be  content,  and  keep  strictly  in  his  sphere,  and 
— at  least,  in  the  colonies — leave  worldly  dignity 
alone.  He  will  be  more  respected  in  his  office  if 
he  be  fit  for  it,  and  he  will  be  more  in  touch  with 
his  people,  who  often  care  but  little  for  old-world 
dignities  and  titles. 

With  this  simpler  diocesan  organization  I  would 
seldom  plant  a  single  man  down  in  his  loneliness  in 
a  wide  district  of  country  ;  I  would  .have  small  com- 
munities of  clergy,  under  an  experienced  priest,  who 
should  superintend  the  work  of  the  whole  district, 
and  be  a  father  in  God  to  the  men  who  were  around 
him,  giving  them  counsel,  and  encouragement,  and 
protection,  and  spiritual  help,  and  intellectual 


160    TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

training.  He  would  be  a  practical  rural  dean  where 
he  is  most  wanted.  In  this  way  freshness  and  vigour 
could  be  thrown  into  the  work,  and  efficiency  and 
economy  would  be  secured.  This  would  be  a  real 
missionary  organization  ;  not  necessarily  interfering 
with  settled  pastorates,  but  supplementing  them  in 
some  cases,  and  in  others  preparing  for  them  when 
the  population  became  more  dense. 

Such  spots  might,  as  of  old,  become  religious 
houses  and  centres  of  light  and  blessing,  where 
prayer  could  be  offered  and  work  could  be  done  for 
the  glory  of  God,  until  in  many  places  of  our  vast 
solitudes  the  wilderness  would  rejoice  and  blossom 
as  the  rose.  Closely  connected  with  this  subject  of 
the  methods  of  work  adapted  to  our  colonial  Church 
conditions  is  that  of  the  kind  of  bishops  required, 
and  the  manner  of  their  appointment.  What  has  a 
little  surprised  me  is  the  apparent  want  of  delicacy 
that  I  have  seen  in  the  newspapers  as  soon  as  a 
vacancy  has  arisen  in  our  North-West  dioceses. 
Name  after  name  is  mentioned,  as  if  a  clergyman 
were  a  politician  looking  for  office. 

Considering  the  professed  sanctity  of  the  bishop's 
office,  ought  not  ambition  here  to  be  stilled,  and 
when  the  responsibility  and  the  difficulties  of  the 
position  are  realized,  ought  not  the  feeling  to  be, 
'  Who  is  sufficient  for  these  things '?  Remembering, 
too,  the  mother  Church  at  home,  and  our  indebted- 
ness to  her  in  the  past,  and  our  dependence  upon 
her  help  in  the  future,  it  does  seem  out  of  place  to 
raise  the  question  of  our  independence  of  the  Church 


CRITICISM  OF  CHURCH  METHODS  161 

authorities  at  home  in  the  selection  and  appoint- 
ment of  bishops  for  our  vacant  dioceses,  especially 
in  the  far  West.  English  Churchmen,  above  all 
men,  might  well  realize  what  is  meant  by  their  belief 
in  the  communion  of  saints,  and  be  thankful  when 
England,  in  our  need,  gives  us  of  her  best,  not  only 
of  her  money,  but  of  her  cultivated  sons,  who  are 
incomparably  the  richest  gifts  she  can  offer  to  her 
Colonies. 

Men  of  the  world  know,  without  any  dispute,  the 
advantages  of  a  European  education  for  prominent 
offices  anywhere ;  and,  while  England  is  willing  to 
open  the  way  to  colonists  of  great  ability  at  home, 
so  as  practically  to  make  the  Empire  one,  and 
England  to  be  wherever  the  Union  Jack  waves,  it  is 
surely  ungracious  to  raise  the  question  in  the  Church 
— of  Canada  for  the  Canadians — when  bishops  are 
required  whose  dioceses  cannot  exist  without  the 
benevolences  of  the  motherland.  Surely  the  best 
and  most  worthy  men  should  be  appointed  as  bishops 
wherever  they  may  be  found.  Hence  I  cannot 
look  with  the  highest  satisfaction  upon  the  changes 
lately  brought  about  in  the  Church  of  England 
in  Canada.  Not  that  a  general  synod  of  the  whole 
Church  can  be  greatly  objected  to,  if  it  be  required 
— and  Methodists  and  Presbyterian  organizations 
already  have  their  general  conferences  and  assemblies 
—but  the  assumption  of  conferring  new  titles  with- 
out the  formal  sanction  of  ecclesiastical  authorities 
in  England  is  surely  not  ancient,  but  very  modern 
Church  order,  and  in  history  it  will  stand  out  as  a 

n 


1 62     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

departure  from  old  customs,  which  will  not  add 
such  dignity  to  the  Archbishoprics  of  Canada  as 
they  would  have  worn  if,  at  the  next  assembly  of 
English  Church  Bishops  gathered  from  all  parts  of 
the  world,  His  Grace  of  Canterbury  conferred  such 
titles,  with  the  sanction  and  authority  of  the  whole 
English  Church. 


CHAPTER  XX. 

THE  SASKATCHEWAN  COUNTRY. 

THE  Earl  of  Southesk,  who  travelled  in  the 
North-West  years  ago,  speaks  of  the  country 
as  the  '  pleasant  Saskatchewan  country.'  No  de- 
scription could  be  more  apt,  until  you  arrive  at 
the  mountains,  when  of  course  the  scenery  is 
magnificent.  From  Winnipeg  to  Edmonton  the 
aspect  of  the  country  for  hundreds  of  miles  has  a 
great  sameness  ;  it  is  gently  undulating,  and  studded 
with  clumps  of  poplars  and  spruce  firs,  and  gives 
the  impression  of  peacefulness  and  rest,  with  a 
sense  of  neatness  and  cultivation,  as  if  the  traveller 
were  in  the  outlying  parts  of  an  old  English  park, 
too  far  from  the  house  to  receive  particular  atten- 
tion. All  the  scene  gives  a  picture  of  pleasant 
freedom.  The  calm  blue  sky  overarching  vast 
distances  in  the  daytime  ;  the  sunrise,  pompous  and 
glorious,  with  rich  golden  colours  variously  mingled 
with  the  blue  of  the  sky,  gives  an  idea  of  sweet 
majesty ;  and  in  the  eventide  the  sunsets  are  un- 
surpassed for  graceful  splendour.  In  sky-scape,  or 

II — 2 


1 64     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

the  varied  scenery  of  the  heavens,  few  skies  in  the 
world  can  surpass  these,  and,  as  nature  is  full  of 
harmony,  not  only  to  the  ear  but  also  to  the  eye,  the 
impression  is  unique  and  pleasant,  and  it  is  not  to 
be  wondered  at  that  the  natives  of  the  Saskatche- 
wan love  their  land,  and  return  to  it  from  their 
journeyings  with  gladness.  Besides  the  vastness  of 
the  scenes  above  and  below,  on  the  banks  of 
brooks  and  rivers,  there  are  innumerable  broken, 
hilly  spots,  filled  with  vegetation,  generally  well 
wooded,  where  poets  might  make  homes  of  beauty 
and  rest.  It  is  as  if  Nature  had  said  :  'The  plains 
are  made  for  agriculture,  and  the  toil  of  brave  hands; 
but  I  have  also  made  spots  where  the  thinkers  of  a 
nation  may  live  to  idealize  the  common  life,  and 
thus  make  a  perfect  nation.' 

On  ascending  to  the  mountains,  the  hills  are 
steeper,  and  the  views  are  more  extensive,  but  there 
is  much  the  same  vegetation.  Only  in  some  places 
do  the  Rockies  show  their  full  height,  because  of 
the  gradual  ascent  for  hundreds  of  miles.  Yet  they 
seldom  disappoint  the  beholder.  When  the  sun  is 
shining,  and  the  mists  are  lifted  to  reveal  God's 
splendour,  they  entrance  the  attention,  and  charm 
the  mind  to  reflection  on  the  awful  silent  forces 
which  of  old  placed  them  there,  and  now  seem  to 
guard  them  continually,  by  night  and  day,  by 
summer  and  winter,  through  long  ages  as  men 
reckon  time,  saying  to  every  mood  of  the  human 
spirit,  '  One  day  is  with  the  Lord  as  a  thousand 
years,  and  a  thousand  years  as  one  day.'  The  name 


THE  SASKATCHEWAN  COUNTRY  165 

of  the  mountains  rather  jars  upon  the  mind,  and  the 
inexperienced  traveller  might  expect  to  see  a  bare 
and  almost  repulsive  scene  when  he  beholds  them. 
The  '  Rockies,'  however,  are  as  beautiful  as  any 
of  the  great  mountain  ranges  which  the  world 
possesses — certainly  as  seen  from  a  distance.  The 
impression  they  make  is  that  of  graceful  majesty. 
I  can  imagine  the  mountains  of  India  as  being  more 
gorgeous  in  the  lower  scenery,  but  not  as  of  a 
majesty  more  graceful  in  the  higher  regions. 

The  far  West  country  has  hill  and  dale,  gentle 
brooks,  flowing  rivers,  broad  plains,  and  magnificent 
mountains ;  and  these  indicate  great  natural  ad- 
vantages, and  almost  illimitable  possibilities  for  that 
portion  of  mankind  which  may  make  it  a  home,  and 
help  on  the  march  of  human  history. 

The  geology  of  our  country  speaks  of  immense 
changes  which  have  been  preparing  an  abode  for 
man,  and  is  in  itself  a  prophecy  of  certain  fulfilment. 
Our  soil  is  of  unexcelled  richness ;  beneath  it  are 
almost  boundless  coal-beds  ;  gold  is  washed  down 
from  the  mountains  in  sufficient  quantities  to  make 
a  paying  industry.  Our  wheat  is  equal  to  any 
grown  in  the  world,  when  proper  care  is  used  in  its 
cultivation.  Around  us  are  lakes  stocked  with  an 
abundance  of  fish.  There  are  indications  of  salt, 
petroleum,  and  kindred  substances,  such  as  naphtha, 
etc.  Iron,  probably  in  abundance,  is  evident  over 
large  distances,  as  I  have  proved,  from  the  Eagle 
Hills  to  the  Mountain  Fort,  and  also  in  the  Edmonton 
district,  over  a  country  hundreds  of  miles  in  extent. 


1 66     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

Then,  as  to  home-life,  and  the  possibilities  of  it  in 
the  Saskatchewan,  we  have  many  advantages,  with, 
of  course,  our  drawbacks.  We  have  no  ants  or 
insects  which  eat  up  our  furniture  and  our  books,  as 
there  are  in  Africa ;  no  loathsome  reptiles  to  destroy, 
as  in  South  America ;  we  have  innocent  pests  in  our 
gardens  and  fields,  such  as  the  gopher  and  the  mole, 
but  what  are  these  in  a  new  land  which  only  con- 
tained hunters  for  many  ages  ?  The  climate  is 
extreme  in  summer  and  winter;  during  the  other 
parts  of  the  year  it  is  healthy  and  very  pleasant,  and 
fitted  to  produce  and  sustain  a  manly  race.  Our 
seasons  are  much  the  same  as  in  England,  only  we 
are  in  extremes  ;  our  latitude  somewhat  corresponds 
with  that  of  Great  Britain,  yet  our  seasons  are  later, 
because  we  are  far  to  the  west.  Our  springs  are 
late  in  coming,  because  the  nights  are  cold  while 
the  days  are  warm  ;  when  they  do  come  it  is  with  a 
rush,  as  if  Nature  hastened  to  make  up  for  lost  time. 
Then,  at  the  end  of  May,  and  during  June,  the 
roses  bloom  in  wild  luxuriance,  and  fill  the  air  with 
fragrance.  The  saskatoon  and  wild  cherry-trees 
are  covered  with  their  white  blossoms,  and  charm 
the  sight  on  all  sides ;  then  come  on,  in  their  course, 
innumerable  wild  flowers — asters  and  others  decking 
the  earth  everywhere  with  graceful  loveliness.  Then 
our  autumns — who  can  picture  them  with  their 
gaudy  colours,  their  dreaminess,  as  if  they  were 
bestowing  a  benediction  on  the  departing  summer ; 
their  warm  days,  and  cool  evenings,  and  long  nights; 
after  the  work  of  the  day  the  gentle  firelight  giving 


167 

invitation  to  gentle  friendships,  and  the  quietude  of 
family  life  ? 

As  yet  the  capabilities  of  our  soil  and  climate  have 
not  been  properly  tested,  so  as  to  show  what  fruits 
and  flowers  and  shrubs  will  thrive  best  in  our 
gardens ;  for,  as  yet,  out  of  the  towns  gardens  are 
seldom  made  around  our  dwellings :  the  farm  reaches 
up  to  the  doorstep,  and  almost  invades  the  house. 
In  the  country  we  are  at  present  a  slovenly  people, 
and  a  taste  for  flowers  is  at  a  discount ;  the  work  is 
so  hard  and  incessant  for  the  men,  and  the  women 
are  so  occupied  with  their  poultry,  and  their  cows, 
and  their  butter-making,  and  their  housework,  that 
they  are  all  too  much  engaged  to  work  leisurely  in  a 
garden,  or  even  to  enjoy  the  luxury  of  one.  Hence, 
our  log-houses  are  bare  places,  and  their  surround- 
ings are  commonplace  beyond  description.  But 
although  we  may  not  manage  orchards  on  a  large 
scale,  there  seems  to  be  no  reason  why,  in  the 
future,  the  hardy  apples  should  not  grow,  as  our 
climate  is  not  more  severe  than  Quebec,  where  the 
finest  apples  are  grown  with  ordinary  care.  So  with 
plums  and  some  kinds  of  pears ;  probably,  also,  the 
hardier  grape-vines  may  ripen  around  our  dwellings 
in  the  days  to  come.  Anything  which  grows  in 
Northern  Russia  ought  to  grow  here,  for  the  con- 
ditions are  much  the  same  as  those  from  St.  Peters- 
burg to  the  Sea  of  Okhotsk.  We  have  many 
delicious  wild  fruits  which,  with  cultivation,  serve 
for  summer  and  winter  use.  Preserves  are  made 
of  our  wild  cranberries,  strawberries,  gooseberries, 


1 68     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

black  and  red  currants.  The  wild  raspberry  especi- 
ally is  a  fine  fruit,  useful  both  in  summer  and  in 
winter-time.  The  saskatoon  is  a  delicious  berry  for 
summer  use,  and,  when  served  with  cream  and 
sugar,  makes  a  dessert  fit  for  a  queen.  These  fruits 
may  all  be  had  in  most  years  for  the  picking,  so 
kind  is  Nature  to  our  first  necessities. 

Some  of  the  people  have  grown  the  cultivated 
strawberry.  In  my  garden  the  rhubarb  plant  comes 
to  perfection,  and  the  different  red  currants  live,  and 
often  bear  enormous  crops.  Potatoes,  peas,  beans, 
asparagus,  cabbages,  etc.,  and  the  small  salads  grow 
here  as  well  as  in  any  country,  and  the  simplest 
home  need  not  be  without  an  abundance  of  them. 
A  little  care  will  grow  the  herbs  of  Europe,  such 
as  mint  and  thyme,  but  parsley  must  be  sown  year 
by  year.  Simple  annual  flowers  remind  us  of  the 
sweet  cottage  gardens  at  home,  the  sweet-williams 
flourish,  and  sow  their  seed  as  they  have  oppor- 
tunity, and  the  pinks  and  carnations  thrive  with  a 
little  trouble.  There  is  a  hardy  candytuft,  with  an 
exquisite  white  blossom,  which  is  not  willing  to 
leave  our  gardens  when  we  have  once  placed  it 
there ;  the  English  marigolds  willingly  sow  them- 
selves without  any  protection ;  and  the  pansies 
come  up  and  flower  early  in  the  springtime,  and  all 
through  the  summer. 

Our  many  shrubs,  when  in  flower,  would  grace  a 
lawn  in  England,  and,  if  trained,  they  would  rival 
the  hawthorn,  which  we  have  wild  here,  or  the 
laurel.  For  years  the  common  lilac  has  blossomed 


THE  SASKATCHEWAN  COUNTRY  169 

with  me,  and  once  or  twice  the  white  lilac,  but  the 
latter  is  always  sickly,  and  comes  to  very  little, 
perhaps  because  the  moles  eat  the  roots.  As  for 
roses,  I  have  tried  to  grow  them  until  I  became  very 
discouraged,  and  I  fear  the  labour  will  be  in  vain 
unless  they  are  newly  planted  year  by  )^ear. 

In  many  cases  I  do  not  blame  the  climate  so  much 
as  the  insects  and  vermin  for  the  failure  in  my 
experiments.  I  planted  the  Canadian  sugar-maple 
seed,  with  many  other  tree  seeds,  and  the  maple 
seed  grew ;  but  the  saccharine  matter  attracted  one 
insect  after  another,  and  they  ate  the  leaves  as  fast 
as  they  could  grow.  I  raised  some  fine  Austrian  fir- 
trees  from  seed,  and  brought  them  on  splendidly 
through  two  winters,  but  in  the  third  winter  the 
wild  rabbits  ate  them  all  up  in  one  night,  and  thus 
my  hopes  of  rearing  this  beautiful  tree,  as  a  magnifi- 
cent ornament  to  our  North-West,  were  destroyed. 
In  a  catalogue  issued  by  a  Toronto  firm  of  experi- 
enced nurserymen  they  say,  in  speaking  of  hardy 
shrubs  for  hedges  :  '  The  Osage  orange  would  make 
an  excellent  hedge,  but  it  is  too  tender  for  the 
climate  around  Toronto.'  But  I  have  reared  here, 
and  still  have,  the  Osage  orange  thriving  as  if  it 
were  native  to  the  soil,  and  it  has  never  had  protec- 
tion, nor  does  it  in  the  least  require  it.  When 
hedges  are  wanted  in  the  North-West,  this  will 
prove  the  tree  for  that  purpose,  being  quick  of 
growth,  prickly,  dense  ;  and  it  can  be  pruned  to  any 
extent ;  it  is  also  very  handsome  in  its  foliage. 
Besides  the  above,  I  expect,  from  present  appear- 


i;o     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

ances,  to  cultivate  as  shrubs  the  syringa,  the  privet, 
and  the  guelder  rose. 

As  for  the  common  clovers,  they  are  not  likely  to 
be  used  much  in  the  North- West  for  hay ;  they  flower 
in  the  garden,  but  are  of  slender  growth,  and  soon 
die  out ;  however,  the  timothy,  in  low  rich  situations, 
makes  good  crops  and  seldom  fails.  With  me  the 
Bokhara  clover  has  lived  for  years,  and  sown  itself; 
it  is  able  to  survive  our  winters,  and  it  would  yield 
large  crops  several  times  in  the  summer.  Farmers 
should  give  it  their  attention,  for  seedsmen  recom- 
mend it,  and  it  is  certainly  adapted  to  our  North- 
West.  It  is,  I  have  observed,  also  excellent  for 
bees,  which  delight  in  its  white  flowdrs,  and  would 
make  exquisite  honey  from  them. 

Some  of  these  matters  may  prove  useful  and 
interesting  to  a  large  class  of  immigrants,  and  those 
contemplating  emigration,  who  have  the  home 
feeling,  and  who,  in  going  to  another  land,  wish  to 
make  homes  and  enjoy  them.  With  many  this  is  a 
great  motive  in  crossing  the  sea,  and  beginning  life 
afresh ;  they  wish  to  keep  their  children  around 
them,  and  to  take  with  them  some  of  the  graces  and 
refinements  of  civilization,  and  I  hope  I  have  made 
it  evident  that  this,  however  difficult,  is  certainly 
possible. 


CHAPTER  XXI. 

EMIGRANTS  AND  EMIGRATION. 

FROM  my  experience  in  Muskoka,  and  for  many 
years  in  Edmonton,  I  must  have  had  the 
matter  of  emigration  constantly  before  my  mind  ; 
and  yet  I  find  it  difficult  to  say  anything  ex  cathedra 
on  such  a  subject ;  the  longer  I  am  behind  the 
scenes,  the  less  positive  can  I  be  concerning  the 
classes  who  should  emigrate  to  our  colonies,  or,  in- 
deed, to  any  particular  part  of  Canada.  Our  towns 
and  cities  often  have  openings  for  enterprising  young 
men  who  cannot  find  proper  employment  in  Eng- 
land. When  these  openings  occur  through  the 
help  of  friends,  a  young  and  steady  man  should  not 
throw  away  his  opportunities,  for  new  countries  are 
not  so  crowded  as  the  old  ones  are ;  but  let  it  be 
remembered  that,  in  emigrating,  a  man  needs  all 
the  qualities  by  which  success  is  won  anywhere. 
Here  the  temptations  are  not  less — perhaps  they  are 
intensified.  The  young  man  must  have  ability,  and 
know  how  to  use  it ;  he  must  have  a  character  and 
value  it ;  he  must  choose  his  companions  with  care, 


172     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

and  follow  in  all  things  the  way  that  conscience 
dictates.     Canada  is  no  home  for  the  indolent,  the 
faithless,  or   the   vicious ;    such   persons  will  soon 
reach  the  lowest  depths  of  degradation,  and  wish 
that  they  had  stayed  in  England.     Again,  our  trades 
are  filled  with  men  who  are  accustomed  to  the  ways 
and  ideas  of  a  new  country,  and  who  do  not  follow 
old  methods  of  work.     If  an  artizan  would  work  as 
hard  at  home  as  he  must  do  out  here,  he  might  find 
life   easier   and  more   pleasant.     What   we   chiefly 
need  are  men  who  like  a  country  life,  and  are  accus- 
tomed to  it,  and  who  have  fair  means  to  settle  on 
land,  and  turn  our  rich  prairies  to  advantage.     These 
are    welcomed,    and    are    likely   to    be    successful 
wherever  they   may   settle.      This   applies   to   our 
North-West  especially.      Here,  also,  occur   oppor- 
tunities for  the  use  of  money,  in  good  investments 
in  land,  and  in  general  business,  and  the  opening  up 
of  industries  that  may  be  lucrative  to  the  investor, 
and  advantageous  to  the  country  as  a  whole ;  yet 
these  matters  require  great  experience  and  caution, 
if  speculations  are  not  to  end  in  disaster.     In  think- 
ing of  emigration,  a  benevolent  person  is  concerned 
chiefly  with  the  innumerable  poor  who,  in  old  lands, 
struggle  for  existence,  and  find  it  difficult  to  live, 
save  in  a  state  of  semi-starvation.     Many  of  these 
are  attached  to  a  country  life,  and  do  not  mind  work 
when  they  have  a  motive  for  it ;  they  are  men  with 
brave  hearts,  but  they  are  wanting  opportunities  to 
attain  a   noble  independence.      If  such  men  once 
get  on  their  feet  in  the  North-West,  they  can  make 


EMIGRANTS  AND  EMIGRATION  173 

homes,  feed  themselves  and  their  families,  and  live 
comparatively  free  from  carking  care,  and  the 
misery  of  town  life  and  its  uncertainties.  I  have 
known  many  persons  who  have,  from  the  most  un- 
promising conditions,  by  the  possession  of  such 
moral  qualities  as  perseverance,  honesty,  and  good 
sense,  attained  to  comfortable  positions.  Our 
settler's  life  is  a  very  simple  one,  and  he  can  learn 
by  degrees  how  to  turn  his  land  to  account. 

His  first  wants  are  a  simple  log-house,  with  only 
necessary  furniture.  Often  his  gun  will  help  his 
larder.  He  gets  a  few  acres  ploughed,  and  a  small 
garden  planted ;  a  cow  for  milk  is  a  luxury,  and  is 
soon  obtained ;  if  he  should  live  by  a  lake,  or  river, 
he  manages  some  fish,  and  if  he  have  a  trade,  he 
would  find  it  useful,  either  to  bring  in  money,  or  as 
an  exchange  for  work  on  his  place.  His  necessities 
press  him,  and  keep  him  up  to  the  mark.  He  will 
have  great  difficulties,  but  they  will  lessen  year  by 
year  until  they  disappear  altogether.  Such  a  settler, 
even  from  the  towns  of  England,  will  awaken  our 
interest,  and  for  a  time  our  pity,  but  his  case  would 
be  the  same  in  his  struggles  at  home,  and  then  it 
would  be  without  the  chances  that  his  toils  would 
end  in  success  and  comfort,  as  they  may  do  here. 
Hence,  when  I  have  observed  the  trials  and  diffi- 
culties of  the  poor  settlers  who,  it  may  be,  have 
come  from  cities,  and  knew  nothing  previously  of 
country  life,  I  have  tried  to  compare  their  present 
trials  with  those  of  their  friends  whom  they  have 
left  behind,  and  I  have  hoped  that  the  illusions  by 


174     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

which  they  were  led  to  cross  the  sea,  and  plant 
themselves  and  their  children  in  a  new  land,  and  in 
new  circumstances,  would  ultimately  issue  to  their 
great  advantage.  Here  are  certainly  pure  air, 
pure  water,  some  wild  game,  land  to  till,  wood  and 
coal  to  burn,  and  gold  to  mine  on  the  Saskatchewan, 
all  free  to  the  most  miserable  of  mankind.  I  am 
thinking  now  of  the  lowest  class  of  emigrants,  who 
are  often  discouraged,  and  for  whom  one  would  not 
care  to  be  responsible.  And  yet  it  seems  so  im- 
portant in  the  present  age  to  discourage  the  rush  to 
towns  and  cities,  and  to  bring  men  into  natural 
relations  with  the  land,  that  almost  any  incon- 
venience might  be  endured,  by  any  class  of  people 
in  this  generation,  so  that  the  great  end  of  the 
natural  life  might  be  attained  in  the  years  which 
are  to  come  in  the  evolution  of  mankind. 

As  for  making  money  and  growing  rich  by  the 
cultivation  of  land  in  the  North- West,  or  in  any 
other  country,  this  motive  cannot  truthfully  be  pre- 
sented to  intending  emigrants.  Agriculture  is  the 
natural  life  for  man,  and  by  it  men  may  supply  their 
necessities  and  build  up  healthy  homes.  Wealth  is 
not  necessary  for  man,  and  it  can  be  done  without. 
The  greatest  nations  have  been  greatest  when  their 
lives  were  simplest,  and  agriculture  was  their  chief 
occupation.  Let  men  emigrate,  and  settle  on  land 
in  order  to  make  homes,  and  to  live  healthy  and 
natural  lives,  without  greed,  or  restlessness,  or  in- 
sane egotisms,  and  then  human  misery  can  be 
lessened,  and  the  world's  happiness  and  peace  may 


EMIGRANTS  AND  EMIGRATION  175 

be  increasingly  secured.  The  age  is  pessimistic  be- 
cause its  life  is  so  unreal,  and  its  aims  are  so  illusory, 
and  altogether  so  out  of  harmony  with  nature  and 
with  religion.  It  asks,  '  Is  life  worth  living?'  The 
answer  is,  for  the  most  part,  '  Your  life  is  not  worth 
living.  Return  to  the  simple  natural  life  of  labour,  • 
and  ennoble  that  life  by  industry,  virtue,  and  intel- 
ligence, and  then  the  world  may  yet  be  a  good  place 
for  God's  human  children.'  To  any  men  with  this 
view  of  things  the  North-West  will  give  a  welcome, 
and  bestow  an  inheritance  that  is  not  to  be  had  in 
crowded  Europe,  an  inheritance  which  shall  be  to 
them  and  to  their  children's  children. 

Still,  the  class  of  emigrants  most  desirable  is  the 
farming  class,  who  have  large  or  small  means,  and 
who  will  be  prudent,  industrious,  and  persevering. 
The  Edmonton  district  is  equal  to  any  other  for 
ranching,  or  mixed  farming,  and,  with  the  moral 
qualities  which  have  been  indicated  above,  this  class 
is  sure  to  prosper  in  our  North- West. 

It  remains  for  me  to  mention  another  class  of 
great  importance  who  come  to  our  North-West,  viz , 
the  sons  of  gentlemen,  and  a  great  many  of  these 
are  the  sons  of  clergymen  and  ministers  of  religion. 
During  twenty  years  I  have  met  with  a  great  many 
of  this  class,  until  I  have  ceased  to  wonder  at  the 
numbers  of  young  men,  of  good  education  and 
position,  who  are  unable  to  find  lucrative  occupa- 
tions in  England.  I  have  observed  how  difficult 
their  position  often  is,  and  how  seldom  they  answer 
the  hopes  of  the  friends  who  send  them  out. 


176     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

It  is  supposed  that  if  a  young  man  finds  his  way 
to  Canada  and  our  North-West,  he  will  soon  obtain 
occupation,  and  become  independent  in  life.  This 
is  a  great  mistake  ;  the  trades  are  filled,  the  pro- 
fessions are  crowded,  and,  as  a  rule,  the  farmers 
'themselves  do  all  the  work  they  can  in  order  to  save 
wages.  At  busy  seasons  handy  men  can  get  employ- 
ment for  a  time ;  then,  when  work  slackens  and  the 
winter  is  at  hand,  hired  men  generally  are  dismissed, 
and  they  have  to  find  any  accommodation  that  offers ; 
their  wages  are  soon  used  up,  and  if  they  board  at 
hotels  their  surroundings  are  full  of  temptations 
which  imperil  their  moral  characters,  and  hinder 
their  success  in  life.  Thus  the  men  may  become 
restless  ;  having  tired  the  patience  of  their  relatives, 
and  used  up  their  means,  and  having  formed  bad 
habits,  they  become  useless  wanderers,  and  lose 
their  way  in  life  almost  beyond  redemption.  I  do 
not  say  this  of  all  gentlemen's  sons,  but  it  is  true 
that  very  many  of  them  become  the  victims  of  such 
circumstances.  Suppose  any  of  this  class  find  em- 
ployment on  farms,  the  work  is  hard,  the  living  is 
poor,  little  self-respect  can  be  cultivated.  Generally 
speaking,  these  men  are  in  a  false  position,  and, 
although  they  bear  it  bravely  for  a  time,  they 
become  disgusted  with  their  life  and  with  Canada, 
and  the  best  of  them  return  home  disappointed, 
and  ready  to  blame  the  country  which  would  gladly 
have  adopted  them  permanently  had  their  circum- 
stances been  more  favourable. 

When  families  emigrate  together,  the  father  and 


EMIGRANTS  AND  EMIGRATION  177 

mother  can  look  after  their  sons,  and  give  them 
direction  and  society;  when  this  cannot  be  done, 
friends  and  relatives  may  be  engaged  for  these 
duties.  Failing  all  these,  it  would  be  a  boon  worth 
any  reasonable  expense  to  place  young  men  under 
responsible  people,  who  will  fairly  teach  the  methods 
of  farming  which  the  country  requires,  give  the 
young  men  pleasant  society,  keep  them  in  contact 
with  their  friends  and  relatives,  and  when  the  time 
comes,  help  them  to  choose  land  for  themselves,  and 
encourage  them  to  settle  down  in  the  best  neighbour- 
hoods available.  In  this  way  young  men  might  have 
fair  chances  of  pleasant  settlement,  and  hundreds 
guided  and  helped  in  such  ways  would  become  suc- 
cessful and  prosperous,  who  otherwise  must  prove 
utter  failures.  How  is  it  to  be  expected  that  youth 
and  inexperience  should  make  their  way  in  new  and 
most  difficult  circumstances,  when  even  at  home, 
surrounded  by  old  customs  and  influences,  these 
very  men  need  such  special  and  watchful  care  ? 

Objections  are  sometimes  raised  to  this  useful, 
and  often  necessary,  protection  for  young  men  in 
our  Colonies,  on  the  ground  of  the  abuse  to  which 
such  a  system  for  the  protection  of  young  men  is 
liable.  I  venture  to  affirm  that  the  misuse  of  any 
system  is  no  valid  reason  against  its  right  use. 
There  must  be  many  respectable  men,  well  versed 
in  colonial  life,  and  well  known  to  the  clergy  of  our 
Church,  who,  for  small  compensation,  would  act  as 
fathers  and  protectors  to  young  men,  and  in  that 
way  all  concerned  would  be  benefited  :  the  country 

12 


i?8     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

in  which  such  men  would  settle,  the  men  who  would 
look  after  them,  the  Church  with  which  these  young 
men  are  mostly  connected,  and  the  parents  and 
guardians  in  England,  who  are  often  disappointed 
at  the  venture  they  have  made  in  sending  their  in- 
experienced boys  to  difficulties,  privations,  and 
temptations,  before  which  it  would  only  be  reason- 
able to  expect  them  to  fail. 

In  full  view  of  all  the  drawbacks  in  the  life  of  the 
emigrant,  remembering  the  intense  struggle  for 
existence  in  the  Old  World,  and  in  the  cities  of  the 
civilized  world  everywhere,  I  should  never  discourage 
the  immigration  here  of  the  right  sort  of  men,  espe- 
cially those  with  families,  who  are  naturally  anxious 
for  the  settlement  of  their  sons  where  costly  pro- 
fessions are  not  required,  and  mere  learning,  except 
for  personal  cultivation,  would  be  almost  useless.  A 
farmer's  life  can  be  very  independent,  healthy,  and 
peaceful,  and,  where  the  family  affections  are  strong, 
a  noble  human  existence  is  possible;  and  as  for 
refinement,  there  can  soon  be  realized  the  amount 
of  it  the  family  bring  with  them  in  themselves  ;  and 
with  a  little  music  and  books,  and  a  few  well-known 
flowers,  plain  food,  and  sound  rest  at  night,  many  a 
family  would  have  no  desire  to  return  to  the  worry 
and  care  of  city  life,  even  if  that  were  possible.  It  is 
true  that  one  of  the  luxuries  of  the  immigrant  is  the 
regretting  of  old  scenes  and  times,  when  the  dis- 
comfort of  their  former  state  has  receded  into  a 
distant  memory.  The  remembrance  of  former  times 
at  least  reveals  what  the  life  might  have  become  if 


EMIGRANTS  AND  EMIGRATION  179 

the  ideal  of  the  past  had  been  fully  realized  ;  but  this 
is  seldom  the  case  with  any  of  us.  Our  wishes  are 
in  extremes  :  when  we  might  enjoy  something  that 
we  have  we  yearn  for  the  opposite,  which  perhaps 
before  we  were  tired  of  and  sought  eagerly  to  change. 
Hence  the  murmuring  of  educated  settlers  amounts 
to  little ;  it  is  a  requiem  of  regret  and  affection  to 
the  old  days,  however  sad  and  troubled  they  really 
were,  which  are  now  no  more  ;  and  any  expression 
of  such  regret  should  be  appraised  at  its  proper 
value. 


12 — 2 


CHAPTER  XXII. 
THE  FUTURE  OF  NORTH-WEST  CANADA. 

OUR  Eastern  Indians,  and  certain  people  in 
Europe,  have  spoken  of  our  Saskatchewan 
and  Western  Countries  as  the  '  Land  of  the  Setting 
Sun/  It  is  an  indefinite  description,  but  not  more  in- 
definite than  is  the  country  itself.  A  few  years  ago 
these  new  lands  were  known  to  only  a  few  persons, 
and  if  they  returned  to  Europe,  or  the  eastern  parts 
of  Canada,  they  were  regarded  as  great  travellers  ; 
but  now  that  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  so  quickly 
carries  its  human  freight,  these  regions  are  found  to 
be  the  world's  great  natural  highway  to  the  East. 
This  has  been  the  instinct  of  travellers  for  three 
hundred  years. 

Columbus  conceived  that  he,  on  coming  West, 
had  reached  the  East ;  hence  his  mistake  as  to  the 
size  of  the  world  helped  his  enterprise,  and  gave  the 
name  of  Indians  to  the  natives,  who  might  well  have 
been  called  Asiatics. 

So  with  later  travellers  :  they  have  sought  per- 
sistently for  a  north-west  passage  to  Asia  from 


THE  FUTURE  OF  NORTH-WEST  CANADA      181 

Europe,  and  they  have  found  that  passage  by  the 
railway  which  has  opened  up  these  regions,  and 
closely  connected  them  with  the  far  East.  We 
are  now  at  the  doors  of  ancient  and  vast  empires, 
such  as  China  and  Japan,  and  these  nations  must 
influence  greatly  our  destiny  in  these  border 
countries.  Nature  seems  to  have  made  our  exten- 
sive plains,  and  our  coal-fields,  and  our  splendid 
soil,  to  be  the  stay  of  great  peoples,  who  in  the 
future  will  traffic  with  the  East,  giving  it  their  pro- 
duce, and  receiving  theirs  in  return. 

Placing  us  thus  on  one  of  the  world's  central 
highways  necessarily  involves  additions  to  our  popu- 
lation, and  to  our  wealth,  which  will  surprise  the 
future  generations.  The  twentieth  century  may  see 
these  North-West  regions  the  very  centre  of  the 
world,  with  cities  on  the  Columbian  coast  as  great 
and  magnificent  as  old  Tyre  and  Carthage  were,  and 
inland  towns  as  great  and  prosperous  as  Birming- 
ham or  Manchester. 

North- West  Canada  has  all  these  promises  if  the 
old  British  stock,  and  the  old  British  virtue,  rule  in 
the  land.  Our  climate  will  rear  the  highest  possible 
race  of  mankind  physically,  if  the  mental,  moral,  and 
spiritual  qualities  are  carefully  cultivated  with  the 
physical,  in  order  to  make  a  well-balanced  and 
perfect  nation.  Humanity  here  may  be  worthy  of 
the  past  ages,  and  the  great  inheritances  of  which 
we  take  possession. 

Rumours  are  rife  already  of  railways  connecting 
Northern  British  Columbia  with  Hudson  Bay, 


182     TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

thereby  shortening  by  a  thousand  miles  the  route 
to  Great  Britain,  and  thus  opening  up  for  the  Sas- 
katchewan country  the  world's  markets,  both  in 
Europe  and  Asia. 

Also  it  has  been  found  practicable,  by  Behring's 

I 

Straits,  to  connect  us  with  the  great  Siberian  and 
Russian  railways,  and  this  will  work  wonders  on  our 
position  in  relation  to  the  world,  and  will  cause 
changes  too  boundless  for  the  imagination  to  ade- 
quately picture.  Twenty-five  years  more  will  turn 
some  of  these  possibilities  into  facts. 

Does  Canada  realize  the  vast  import  of  these  im- 
pending events,  on  which  her  very  life  and  destiny 
hang  ?  What  does  it  mean  ?  Russia,  the  most 
ambitious  of  the  nations,  will  be  close  at  our  doors, 
and  able  at  her  will  to  pour  her  disciplined  hordes — 
the  very  hordes,  as  I  believe,  that  troubled  and  over- 
ran the  Old  World  for  centuries,  and  nearly  conquered 
Europe — those  hordes  of  Mongols  and  Tartars, 
scientifically  trained,  and  relying  on  the  tremendous 
forces  which  science  has  in  late  years  placed  at  the 
disposal  of  great  armies.  She  will  be  on  the  North 
Pacific,  as  she  is  on  the  North  Sea  in  Europe,  ready 
for  attack  on  civilization,  but  defended  herself  by  her 
impregnable  barriers  of  snow  and  ice — in  days  to 
come  the  pirate  of  the  nations,  and  the  enemy  of 
freedom  everywhere. 

Yes,  Canada !  This  ambitious  and  perfidious 
Russia  will  soon  be  at  our  gates  with  her  millions  of 
bayonets,  her  tremendous  forces,  her  innumerable 
Cossacks  and  Tartars,  led  by  the  most  unprincipled 


THE  FUTURE  OF  NORTH-WEST  CANADA      183 

and  astute  intellects  the  world  has  seen.  These  will 
find  us  open  to  attack,  as  soon  as  our  prosperity 
lures  their  greed,  their  lust,  and  their  ambition. 
Why  has  Russia  impoverished  her  finances  to  build 
her  railroads,  and  why  does  she  keep  a  vast  and 
powerful  fleet  in  the  North  Pacific  ?  Only  for  pur- 
poses of  conquest,  and  in  order  that  her  ambition 
may  have  free  play,  and  that  she  may  use  her  oppor- 
tunities. Do  Canadians  who  talk  of  independence 
fully  consider  what  they  do  ?  And  do  they  know 
how  helpless  they  are  apart  from  the  mother  country 
if  great  emergencies  should  arise  ?  These  emer- 
gencies may  seem  yet  a  long  way  off,  but  in  the  life 
of  nations  they  really  are  close  at  hand. 

How  fortunate  for  Canada  is  the  fact  that  Alaska 
belongs  to  the  United  States,  and  not  to  ourselves  ! 
The  United  States,  whose  sympathy  with  Russia 
has  been  often  manifest,  may  in  a  century,  or  even 
less,  be  glad  to  enter  into  an  alliance  with  Canada, 
and  the  common  motherland,  when  Russia  is  pre- 
dominant in  the  North  Pacific,  for  the  protection  of 
our  freedom,  our  honour,  our  civilization,  and  our 
very  existence  as  independent  nations. 

Besides  events  connected  with  Russia,  we  people 
of  North- West  America,  as  a  part  of  the  British 
Empire,  may  be  greatly  influenced  by  the  England 
of  the  East — viz.,  the  new  Japanese  power.  Perhaps 
Russia  may  be  checkmated  in  her  designs  in  the  far 
East,  and  find  a  foe  close  at  hand  equal  to  her 
diplomacy  and  her  ambition  ;  but  even  then  Canada, 
and  especially  North-West  Canada,  will  be  surely 


1 84    TWENTY  YEARS  ON  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

drawn  into  the  maelstrom — she  cannot  be  indifferent. 
Supposing  that  Japan  brilliantly  builds  and  manages 
her  fleet,  and  conquers  China  with  her  armies,  and 
marshals  the  whole  yellow  race  by  sea  and  land,  what 
would  Canada — yes,  what  would  all  America — say 
and  do?  The  world's  greatest  events  in  the  impend- 
ing years  for  Canada,  and  even  for  Europe,  may 
transpire,  not  in  Europe,  or  on  the  borders  of  India, 
but  in  the  new,  yet  ancient,  Pacific  Seas. 


THE    END. 


Elliot  Stock,  Paternoster  Row,  London. 


University  of  Toronto 
Library 


DO  NOT 

REMOVE 

THE 

CARD 

FROM 

THIS 

POCKET 


Acme  Library  Card  Pocket 
LOWE-MARTIN  CO.  LIMITED